Heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibitors

Abstract

The present invention relates generally to amide group containing pharmaceutical agents, and in particular, to amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibitor compounds. More particularly, the present invention provides a new class of heterobicyclic MMP-13 inhibiting compounds, that exhibit an increased potency in relation to currently known MMP-13 inhibitors.

Description

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates generally to amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds, and more particularly to heterobicyclic MMP-13 inhibiting compounds.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) and aggrecanases (ADAMTS=a disintegrin and metalloproteinase with thrombospondin motif) are a family of structurally related zinc-containing enzymes that have been reported to mediate the breakdown of connective tissue in normal physiological processes such as embryonic development, reproduction, and tissue remodelling. Over-expression of MMPs and aggrecanases or an imbalance between extracellular matrix synthesis and degradation has been suggested as factors in inflammatory, malignant and degenerative disease processes. MMPs and aggrecanases are, therefore, targets for therapeutic inhibitors in several inflammatory, malignant and degenerative diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, periodontitis, multiple sclerosis, gingivitis, corneal epidermal and gastric ulceration, atherosclerosis, neointimal proliferation (which leads to restenosis and ischemic heart failure) and tumor metastasis.

The ADAMTSs are a group of proteases that are encoded in 19 ADAMTS genes in humans. The ADAMTSs are extracellular, multidomain enzymes whose functions include collagen processing, cleavage of the matrix proteoglycans, inhibition of angiogenesis and blood coagulation homoeostasis (Biochem. J. 2005, 386, 15-27; Arthritis Res. Ther. 2005, 7, 160-169; Curr. Med. Chem. Anti-Inflammatory Anti-Allergy Agents 2005, 4, 251-264).

The mammalian MMP family has been reported to include at least 20 enzymes, (Chem. Rev. 1999, 99, 2735-2776). Collagenase-3 (MMP-13) is among three collagenases that have been identified. Based on identification of domain structures for individual members of the MMP family, it has been determined that the catalytic domain of the MMPs contains two zinc atoms; one of these zinc atoms performs a catalytic function and is coordinated with three histidines contained within the conserved amino acid sequence of the catalytic domain. MMP-13 is over-expressed in rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, breast carcinoma, squamous cell carcinomas of the head and neck, and vulvar squamous cell carcinoma. The principal substrates of MMP-13 are fibrillar collagens (types I, II, III) and gelatins, proteoglycans, cytokines and other components of ECM (extracellular matrix).

The activation of the MMPs involves the removal of a propeptide, which features an unpaired cysteine residue complexes the catalytic zinc (II) ion. X-ray crystal structures of the complex between MMP-3 catalytic domain and TIMP-1 and MMP-14 catalytic domain and TIMP-2 also reveal ligation of the catalytic zinc (II) ion by the thiol of a cysteine residue. The difficulty in developing effective MMP inhibiting compounds comprises several factors, including choice of selective versus broad-spectrum MMP inhibitors and rendering such compounds bioavailable via an oral route of administration.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a new class of heterobicyclic amide containing pharmaceutical agents which inhibits metalloproteases. In particular, the present invention provides a new class of metalloprotease inhibiting compounds that exhibit potent MMP-13 inhibiting activity and/or activity towards MMP-3, MMP-8, MMP-12, ADAMTS-4, and ADAMTS-5.

The present invention provides several new classes of amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds, of which some are represented by the following general formulas: wherein all variables in the preceding Formulas (I) to (VI) are as defined hereinbelow.

The heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of metalloprotease mediated diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cancer, inflammation, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, ocular diseases, neurological diseases, psychiatric diseases, thrombosis, bacterial infection, Parkinson's disease, fatigue, tremor, diabetic retinopathy, vascular diseases of the retina, aging, dementia, cardiomyopathy, renal tubular impairment, diabetes, psychosis, dyskinesia, pigmentary abnormalities, deafness, inflammatory and fibrotic syndromes, intestinal bowel syndrome, allergies, Alzheimer's disease, arterial plaque formation, periodontal, viral infection, stroke, cardiovascular disease, reperfusion injury, trauma, chemical exposure or oxidative damage to tissues, wound healing, hemorroid, skin beautifying, pain, inflammatory pain, bone pain and joint pain.

In particular, the heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of MMP-13 mediated osteoarthritis and may be used for other MMP-13 mediated symptoms, inflammatory, malignant and degenerative diseases characterized by excessive extracellular matrix degradation and/or remodelling, such as cancer, and chronic inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation, multiple sclerosis, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and pain, such as inflammatory pain, bone pain and joint pain.

The present invention also provides heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds that are useful as active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions for treatment or prevention of metalloprotease—especially MMP-13—mediated diseases. The present invention also contemplates use of such compounds in pharmaceutical compositions for oral or parenteral administration, comprising one or more of the heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds disclosed herein.

The present invention further provides methods of inhibiting metalloproteases, by administering formulations, including, but not limited to, oral, rectal, topical, intravenous, parenteral (including, but not limited to, intramuscular, intravenous), ocular (ophthalmic), transdermal, inhalative (including, but not limited to, pulmonary, aerosol inhalation), nasal, sublingual, subcutaneous or intraarticular formulations, comprising the heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds by standard methods known in medical practice, for the treatment of diseases or symptoms arising from or associated with metalloprotease, especially MMP-13, including prophylactic and therapeutic treatment. Although the most suitable route in any given case will depend on the nature and severity of the conditions being treated and on the nature of the active ingredient. The compounds from this invention are conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared by any of the methods well-known in the art of pharmacy.

The heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with a disease modifying antirheumatic drug, a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, a COX-2 selective inhibitor, a COX-1 inhibitor, an immunosuppressive, a steroid, a biological response modifier or other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokines mediated diseases.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The terms “alkyl” or “alk”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denote optionally substituted, straight and branched chain saturated hydrocarbon groups, preferably having 1 to 10 carbons in the normal chain, most preferably lower alkyl groups. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl and the like. Exemplary substituents may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following groups: halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl (e.g., to form a benzyl group), cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, hydroxy or protected hydroxy, carboxyl (—COOH), alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, carbamoyl (NH₂—CO—), substituted carbamoyl ((R¹⁰)(R¹¹)N—CO— wherein R¹⁰ or R¹¹ are as defined below, except that at least one of R¹⁰ or R¹¹ is not hydrogen), amino, heterocyclo, mono- or dialkylamino, or thiol (—SH).

The terms “lower alk” or “lower alkyl” as used herein, denote such optionally substituted groups as described above for alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the normal chain.

The term “alkoxy” denotes an alkyl group as described above bonded through an oxygen linkage (—O—).

The term “alkenyl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denotes optionally substituted, straight and branched chain hydrocarbon groups containing at least one carbon to carbon double bond in the chain, and preferably having 2 to 10 carbons in the normal chain. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include ethenyl, propenyl, isobutenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, and the like. Exemplary substituents may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following groups: halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, hydroxy or protected hydroxy, carboxyl (—COOH), alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, carbamoyl (NH₂—CO—), substituted carbamoyl ((R¹⁰)(R¹¹)N—CO—wherein R¹⁰ or R¹¹ are as defined below, except that at least one of R¹⁰ or R¹¹ is not hydrogen), amino, heterocyclo, mono- or dialkylamino, or thiol (—SH).

The term “alkynyl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denotes optionally substituted, straight and branched chain hydrocarbon groups containing at least one carbon to carbon triple bond in the chain, and preferably having 2 to 10 carbons in the normal chain. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, and the like. Exemplary substituents may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following groups: halo, alkoxy, alkylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, hydroxy or protected hydroxy, carboxyl (—COOH), alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, carbamoyl (NH₂—CO—), substituted carbamoyl ((R¹⁰)(R¹¹)N—CO—wherein R¹⁰ or R¹¹ are as defined below, except that at least one of R¹⁰ or R¹¹ is not hydrogen), amino, heterocyclo, mono- or dialkylamino, or thiol (—SH).

The term “cycloalkyl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denotes optionally substituted, saturated cyclic hydrocarbon ring systems, containing one ring with 3 to 9 carbons. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, and cyclododecyl. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more alkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents.

The term “bicycloalkyl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denotes optionally substituted, saturated cyclic bridged hydrocarbon ring systems, desirably containing 2 or 3 rings and 3 to 9 carbons per ring. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include, but are not limited to, adamantyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and cubane. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more alkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents.

The term “spiroalkyl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denotes optionally substituted, saturated hydrocarbon ring systems, wherein two rings are bridged via one carbon atom and 3 to 9 carbons per ring. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include, but are not limited to, spiro[3.5]nonane, spiro[4.5]decane or spiro[2.5]octane. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more alkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents.

The term “spiroheteroalkyl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denotes optionally substituted, saturated hydrocarbon ring systems, wherein two rings are bridged via one carbon atom and 3 to 9 carbons per ring. At least one carbon atom is replaced by a heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include, but are not limited to, 1,3-diaza-spiro[4.5]decane-2,4-dione. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more alkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described above as alkyl substituents.

The terms “ar” or “aryl”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denote optionally substituted, homocyclic aromatic groups, preferably containing 1 or 2 rings and 6 to 12 ring carbons. Exemplary unsubstituted such groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, and naphthyl. Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, one or more nitro groups, alkyl groups as described above or groups described above as alkyl substituents.

The term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic system” denotes a heterocyclyl, heterocyclenyl, or heteroaryl group as described herein, which contains carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S and including any bicyclic or tricyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to one or more heterocycle, aryl or cycloalkyl groups. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized. The heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom.

Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, 1H-indazole, 2-pyrrolidonyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-indolyl, 4-piperidonyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, b-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinylperimidinyl, oxindolyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pteridinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, carbolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, xanthenyl.

Further examples of heterocycles include, but not are not limited to, “heterobicycloalkyl” groups such as 7-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and 1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane.

“Heterocyclenyl” denotes a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic hydrocarbon ring system of about 3 to about 10 atoms, desirably about 4 to about 8 atoms, in which one or more of the carbon atoms in the ring system is/are hetero element(s) other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. Ring sizes of rings of the ring system may include 5 to 6 ring atoms. The designation of the aza, oxa or thia as a prefix before heterocyclenyl define that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom is present respectively as a ring atom. The heterocyclenyl may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulphur atom of the heterocyclenyl may also be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. “Heterocyclenyl” as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation those described in Paquette, Leo A.; “Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and “J. Am. Chem. Soc.”, 82:5566 (1960), the contents all of which are incorporated by reference herein. Exemplary monocyclic azaheterocyclenyl groups include, but are not limited to, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrohydropyridine, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 1,4-dihydropyridyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, and the like. Exemplary oxaheterocyclenyl groups include, but are not limited to, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, dihydrofuranyl, and fluorodihydrofuranyl. An exemplary multicyclic oxaheterocyclenyl group is 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl.

“Heterocyclyl,” or “heterocycloalkyl,” denotes a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, desirably 4 to 8 carbon atoms, in which one or more of the carbon atoms in the ring system is/are hetero element(s) other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Ring sizes of rings of the ring system may include 5 to 6 ring atoms. The designation of the aza, oxa or thia as a prefix before heterocyclyl define that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom is present respectively as a ring atom. The heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulphur atom of the heterocyclyl may also be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.

“Heterocyclyl” as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation those described in Paquette, Leo A.; “Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and “J. Am. Chem. Soc.”, 82:5566 (1960). Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.

“Heteroaryl” denotes an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system of about 5 to about 10 atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is/are hetero element(s) other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Ring sizes of rings of the ring system include 5 to 6 ring atoms. The “heteroaryl” may also be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The designation of the aza, oxa or thia as a prefix before heteroaryl define that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom is present respectively as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl may be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Heteroaryl as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation those described in Paquette, Leo A.; “Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry” (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; “The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and “J. Am. Chem. Soc.”, 82:5566 (1960). Exemplary heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrazinyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, thienopyridyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, benzoazaindole, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, benzthiazolyl, dioxolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazinyl, oxiranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, tetrazinyl, tetrazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, thiatriazolyl, thiazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, 5-thioxo-1,2,4-diazolyl, thiomorpholino, thiophenyl, thiopyranyl, triazolyl and triazolonyl.

The phrase “fused” means, that the group, mentioned before “fused” is connected via two adjacent atoms to the ring system mentioned after “fused” to form a bicyclic system. For example, “heterocycloalkyl fused aryl” includes, but is not limited to, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxine, 4H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-one, 3H-Benzooxazol-2-one and 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[f][1,4]oxazepin-5-one.

The term “amino” denotes the radical —NH₂ wherein one or both of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced by an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group. Exemplary amino groups include, but are not limited to, n-butylamino, tert-butylamino, methylpropylamino and ethyldimethylamino.

The term “cycloalkylalkyl” denotes a cycloalkyl-alkyl group wherein a cycloalkyl as described above is bonded through an alkyl, as defined above. Cycloalkylalkyl groups may contain a lower alkyl moiety. Exemplary cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylpropyl, cyclopropylpropyl, cyclopentylpropyl, and cyclohexylpropyl.

The term “arylalkyl” denotes an aryl group as described above bonded through an alkyl, as defined above.

The term “heteroarylalkyl” denotes a heteroaryl group as described above bonded through an alkyl, as defined above.

The term “heterocyclylalkyl,” or “heterocycloalkylalkyl,” denotes a heterocyclyl group as described above bonded through an alkyl, as defined above.

The terms “halogen”, “halo”, or “hal”, as used herein alone or as part of another group, denote chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine.

The term “haloalkyl” denotes a halo group as described above bonded though an alkyl, as defined above. Fluoroalkyl is an exemplary group.

The term “aminoalkyl” denotes an amino group as defined above bonded through an alkyl, as defined above.

The phrase “bicyclic fused ring system wherein at least one ring is partially saturated” denotes an 8- to 13-membered fused bicyclic ring group in which at least one of the rings is non-aromatic. The ring group has carbon atoms and optionally 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S. Illustrative examples include, but are not limited to, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and benzocycloheptyl.

The phrase “tricyclic fused ring system wherein at least one ring is partially saturated” denotes a 9- to 18-membered fused tricyclic ring group in which at least one of the rings is non-aromatic. The ring group has carbon atoms and optionally 1-7 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S. Illustrative examples include, but are not limited to, fluorene, 10,11-dihydro-5H-dibenzo[a,d]cycloheptene and 2,2a,7,7a-tetrahydro-1H-cyclobuta[a]indene.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. Examples therefore may be, but are not limited to, sodium, potassium, choline, lysine, arginine or N-methyl-glucamine salts, and the like.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as, but not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. Organic solvents include, but are not limited to, nonaqueous media like ethers, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990, p. 1445, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” denotes those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” denotes media generally accepted in the art for the delivery of biologically active agents to mammals, e.g., humans. Such carriers are generally formulated according to a number of factors well within the purview of those of ordinary skill in the art to determine and account for. These include, without limitation: the type and nature of the active agent being formulated; the subject to which the agent-containing composition is to be administered; the intended route of administration of the composition; and, the therapeutic indication being targeted. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include both aqueous and non-aqueous liquid media, as well as a variety of solid and semi-solid dosage forms. Such carriers can include a number of different ingredients and additives in addition to the active agent, such additional ingredients being included in the formulation for a variety of reasons, e.g., stabilization of the active agent, well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and microspheres (including, but not limited to poly(D,L)-lactide-co-glycolic acid copolymer (PLGA), poly(L-lactic acid) (PLA), poly(caprolactone (PCL) and bovine serum albumin (BSA)). Descriptions of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and factors involved in their selection, are found in a variety of readily available sources, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers particularly suitable for use in conjunction with tablets include, for example, inert diluents, such as celluloses, calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate; disintegrating agents, such as croscarmellose sodium, cross-linked povidone, maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as povidone, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed.

Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example celluloses, lactose, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with non-aqueous or oil medium, such as glycerin, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

The compositions of the invention may also be formulated as suspensions including a compound of the present invention in admixture with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient suitable for the manufacture of a suspension. In yet another embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be formulated as dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of a suspension by the addition of suitable excipients.

Carriers suitable for use in connection with suspensions include suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, gum acacia, dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycethanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate); and thickening agents, such as carbomer, beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. The suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives such as acetic acid, methyl and/or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate; one or more coloring agents; one or more flavoring agents; and one or more sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.

Cyclodextrins may be added as aqueous solubility enhancers. Preferred cyclodextrins include hydroxypropyl, hydroxyethyl, glucosyl, maltosyl and maltotriosyl derivatives of α-, β-, and γ-cyclodextrin. The amount of solubility enhancer employed will depend on the amount of the compound of the present invention in the composition.

The term “formulation” denotes a product comprising the active ingredient(s) and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutical carrier.

The term “N-oxide” denotes compounds that can be obtained in a known manner by reacting a compound of the present invention including a nitrogen atom (such as in a pyridyl group) with hydrogen peroxide or a peracid, such as 3-chloroperoxy-benzoic acid, in an inert solvent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature between about −10-80° C., desirably about 0° C.

The term “polymorph” denotes a form of a chemical compound in a particular crystalline arrangement. Certain polymorphs may exhibit enhanced thermodynamic stability and may be more suitable than other polymorphic forms for inclusion in pharmaceutical formulations.

The compounds of the invention can contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers. According to the invention, the chemical structures depicted herein, and therefore the compounds of the invention, encompass all of the corresponding enantiomers and stereoisomers, that is, both the stereomerically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures.

The term “racemic mixture” denotes a mixture that is about 50% of one enantiomer and about 50% of the corresponding enantiomer relative to all chiral centers in the molecule. Thus, the invention encompasses all enantiomerically-pure, enantiomerically-enriched, and racemic mixtures of compounds of Formulas (I) through (VI).

Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures of compounds of the invention can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well-known methods. Examples include, but are not limited to, the formation of chiral salts and the use of chiral or high performance liquid chromatography “HPLC” and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts. See, e.g., Jacques, J., et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen, S. H., et al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, E. L., Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962); Wilen, S. H., Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (E. L. Eliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Ind., 1972); Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, Ernest L. Eliel, Samuel H. Wilen and Lewis N. Manda (1994 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), and Stereoselective Synthesis A Practical Approach, Mihaly Nogradi (1995 VCH Publishers, Inc., NY, N.Y.). Enantiomers and stereoisomers can also be obtained from stereomerically- or enantiomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well-known asymmetric synthetic methods.

“Substituted” is intended to indicate that one or more hydrogens on the atom indicated in the expression using “substituted” is replaced with a selection from the indicated group(s), provided that the indicated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., ═O) group, then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.

Unless moieties of a compound of the present invention are defined as being unsubstituted, the moieties of the compound may be substituted. In addition to any substituents provided above, the moieties of the compounds of the present invention may be optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from:

C₁-C₄ alkyl;

C₂-C₄ alkenyl;

C₂-C₄ alkynyl;

CF₃;

halo;

OH;

O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

OCH₂F;

OCHF₂;

OCF₃;

ONO₂;

OC(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

OC(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

OC(O)NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

OC(O)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

OC(S)NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

OC(S)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

SH;

S—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

S(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

S(O)₂—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

SC(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

SC(O)O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

NH₂;

N(H)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

N(H)C(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)C(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)C(O)—CF₃;

N(CH₃)C(O)—CF₃;

N(H)C(S)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)C(S)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)S(O)₂—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)C(O)NH₂;

N(H)C(O)NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)C(O)NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)C(O)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

N(CH₃)C(O)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

N(H)S(O)₂NH₂);

N(H)S(O)₂N—H—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)S(O)₂NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)S(O)₂N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

N(CH₃)S(O)₂N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

N(H)C(O)O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)C(O)O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)S(O)₂O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)S(O)₂O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)C(S)NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(CH₃)C(S)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

N(CH₃)C(S)O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

N(H)C(S)NH₂;

NO₂;

CO₂H;

CO₂—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(O)N(H)OH;

C(O)N(CH₃)OH:

C(O)N(CH₃)OH;

C(O)N(CH₃)O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(O)N(H)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(O)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

C(S)N(H)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(S)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

C(NH)N(H)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(NH)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

C(NCH₃)N(H)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(NCH₃)N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

C(O)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(NH)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(NCH₃)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(NOH)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

C(NOCH₃)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

CN;

CHO;

CH₂OH;

CH₂O—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

CH₂NH₂;

CH₂N(H)—(C₁-C₄ alkyl);

CH₂N(C₁-C₄ alkyl)₂;

aryl;

heteroaryl;

cycloalkyl; and

heterocyclyl.

In some cases, a ring substituent may be shown as being connected to the ring by a bond extending from the center of the ring. The number of such substituents present on a ring is indicated in subscript by a number. Moreover, the substituent may be present on any available ring atom, the available ring atom being any ring atom which bears a hydrogen which the ring substituent may replace. For illustrative purposes, if variable R^X were defined as being: this would indicate that R^X is a cyclohexyl ring bearing five R^X substituents. The R^X substituents may be bonded to any available ring atom. For example, among the configurations encompassed by this are configurations such as:

These configurations are illustrative and are not meant to limit the scope of the invention in any way.

In one embodiment of the present invention, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds may be represented by the general Formula (I): wherein: R¹ is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R² is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times or R¹ and R² when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)_x, or NR⁵⁰ and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R³ is NR²⁰R²¹; R⁴ in each occurrence is independently selected from R¹⁰, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, haloalkyl, CF₃, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-COR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NO₂, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-CN, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yOR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yNR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰CONR¹¹SO₂R³⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_xR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OC(O)R¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OC(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═NR¹⁰)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═NR¹¹)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)—NR¹¹—CN, O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, S(O)_x—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁰, S(O)_x—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)R¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)—NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—S(O)_yNR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—S(O)_yR¹⁰, O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R⁴ group is optionally substituted by one or more R¹⁴ groups; R¹⁰ and R¹¹ in each occurrence are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times, or R¹⁰ and R¹¹ when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)_x, or NR⁵⁰ and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R¹⁴ is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl and halo, wherein alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times. R²⁰ is selected from hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times; R²¹ is a bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system, wherein at least one ring is partially saturated, and wherein the bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system is optionally substituted one or more times; R²² is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, NO₂, NR¹⁰R¹¹, CN, SR¹⁰, SSR¹⁰, PO₃R¹⁰, NR¹⁰NR¹⁰R¹¹, NR¹⁰N═CR¹⁰R¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, C(O)OR¹⁰, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂R¹⁰, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and fluoroalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, and fluoroalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R³⁰ is selected from alkyl and (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, wherein alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted; R⁵⁰ in each occurrence is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)R⁸⁰, C(O)NR⁸⁰R⁸¹, SO₂R⁸⁰ and SO₂NR⁸⁰R⁸¹, wherein alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times; R⁸⁰ and R⁸¹ in each occurrence are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R⁸⁰ and R⁸¹ when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)_x, —NH, and —N(alkyl) and which is optionally substituted one or more times; Q is a 5- or 6-membered ring selected from aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times with R⁴; D is a member selected from CR²² and N; x is selected from 0 to 2; y is selected from 1 and 2; and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) may be selected from Group I(a): wherein: R⁵¹ is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times.

In still another embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) may be selected from:

In yet another embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) may be selected from:

In some embodiments, R³ of the compounds of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 1:

wherein:

R⁵ is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, aryl, arylalkyl, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and C(O)OR¹⁰ wherein alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times;

R⁷ is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, halo, R⁴ and NR¹⁰R¹¹, wherein alkyl and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times, or optionally two R⁷ groups together at the same carbon atom form ═O, ═S or ═NR¹⁰;

R⁹ in each occurrence is independently selected from R¹⁰, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, CHF₂, CF₃, OR¹⁰, COOR¹⁰, CH(CH₃)CO₂H, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-COR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NO₂, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-CN, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yOR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-P(O)₂OH, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yNR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰CONR¹¹SO₂R³⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OC(O)R¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OC(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═NR¹⁰)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═NR¹¹)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═N—CN)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═N—CN)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═N—NO₂)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═N—NO₂)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)₂NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)₂NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, S(O)₂NR¹⁰-alkyl, S(O)₂—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)₂—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)—NR¹¹—CN, O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, S(O)_x—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁰, S(O)_x—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)R¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)—NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—S(O)_yNR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—S(O)_yR¹¹, O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R⁴ group is optionally substituted by one or more R¹⁴ groups; E is selected from a bond, CR¹⁰R¹¹, O, NR⁵, S, S═O, S(═O)₂, C(═O), N(R¹⁰)(C═O), (C═O)N(R¹⁰), N(R¹⁰)S(═O)₂, S(═O)₂N(R¹⁰), C═N—OR¹¹, —C(R¹⁰R¹¹)C(R¹⁰R¹¹)—, —CH₂—W¹— and

W¹ is selected from O, NR⁵, S, S═O, S(═O)₂, N(R¹⁰)(C═O), N(R¹⁰)S(═O)₂ and S(═O)₂N(R¹⁰);

U is selected from C(R⁵R¹⁰), NR⁵, O, S, S═O and S(═O)₂;

A and B are independently selected from CR⁹, CR⁹R¹⁰, NR¹⁰, N, O and S;

G, L, M and T are independently selected from CR⁹ and N;

g and h are independently selected from 0-2;

m and n are independently selected from 0-3, provided that:

when E is present, m and n are not both 3;

when E is —CH₂—W¹—, m and n are not 3; and

when E is a bond, m and n are not 0; and

p is selected from 0-6;

wherein the dotted line represents a double bond between one of: carbon “a” and A, or carbon “a” and B.

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the compounds of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 1 as defined hereinabove.

In some embodiments, R³ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group I(2):

wherein:

R is selected from C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, COR¹¹, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂R¹¹, CONHCH₃ and CON(CH₃)₂, wherein C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, COR¹⁰, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂R¹⁰, CONHCH₃ and CON(CH₃)₂ are optionally substituted one or more times; and

r is selected from 1-4.

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the compounds of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 2, as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 3:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 3 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R⁹ may be selected from Substituent Group 4:

wherein:

R⁵² is selected from hydrogen, halo, CN, hydroxy, alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, haloalkyl, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹ and SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, wherein alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times.

For example, in some embodiments, R⁹ of Substituent Group 3 may be selected from Substituent Group 4 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R³ of the structures of Formula (I) may be Substituent Group 16:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 16 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 5: wherein:

R⁹ is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, halo, CN, alkyl, CO₂H,

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 5 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 6:

wherein:

R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹ and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times;

B₁ is selected from NR¹⁰, O and S;

D², G², L², M² and T² are independently selected from CR¹⁸ and N; and

Z is a 5- to 8-membered ring selected from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times.

For example, in another embodiment, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 6 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 7:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 7 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 8:

wherein:

R¹² and R¹³ are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl and halo, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times, or optionally R¹² and R¹³ together form ═O, ═S or ═NR¹⁰.

R¹⁸ is independently selected from the group consisting hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, CO₂R¹⁰, OR¹⁰, OCF₃, OCHF₂, NR¹⁰CONR¹⁰R¹¹, NR¹⁰COR¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and NR¹⁰R¹¹, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times;

R¹⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, CO₂R¹⁰, OR¹⁰, OCF₃, OCHF₂, NR¹⁰CONR¹⁰R¹¹, NR¹⁰COR¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and NR¹⁰R¹¹, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times, or optionally two R¹⁹ groups together at one carbon atom form ═O, ═S or ═NR¹⁰;

R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹ and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times;

J and K are independently selected from CR¹⁰R¹⁸, NR¹⁰, O and S(O)_x;

A₁ is selected from NR¹⁰, O and S; and

D², G², L², M² and T² are independently selected from CR¹⁸ and N.

For example, some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 8 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 9:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 9 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 10:

wherein:

R⁵ is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, aryl, arylalkyl, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and C(O)OR¹⁰ wherein alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times;

R¹⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, CO₂R¹⁰, OR¹⁰, OCF₃, OCHF₂, NR¹⁰CONR¹⁰R¹¹, NR¹⁰COR¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and NR¹⁰R¹¹, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times;

R¹⁹ is independently selected from the group consisting hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, CO₂R¹⁰, OR¹⁰, OCF₃, OCHF₂, NR¹⁰CONR¹⁰R¹¹, NR¹⁰COR¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, NR¹⁰SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹, SO₂NR¹⁰R¹¹ and NR¹⁰R¹¹, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times, or optionally two R¹⁹ groups together at one carbon atom form ═O, ═S or ═NR¹⁰;

R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, CONR¹⁰R¹¹ and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times;

L², M², and T² are independently selected from CR¹⁸ and N;

L³, M³, T³, D³, and G³ are independently selected from N, CR¹⁸, and

with the provision that one of L³, M³, T³, D³, and G³ is

B₁ is selected from the group consisting of NR¹⁰, O and S;

X is selected from a bond and (CR¹⁰R¹¹)_wE(CR¹⁰R¹¹),

E is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CR¹⁰R¹¹, O, NR⁵, S, S═O, S(═O)₂, C(═O), N(R¹⁰)(C═O), (C═O)N(R¹⁰), N(R¹⁰)S(═O)₂, S(═O)₂N(R¹⁰), C═N—OR¹¹, —C(R¹⁰R¹¹)C(R¹⁰R¹¹)—, —CH₂—W¹— and

W¹ is selected from the group consisting of O, NR⁵, S, S═O, S(═O)₂, N(R¹⁰)(C═O), N(R¹⁰)S(═O)₂ and S(═O)₂N(R¹⁰);

U is selected from C(R⁵R¹⁰), NRC, O, S, S═O, S(═O)₂;

g and h are independently selected from 0-2;

w is selected of 0-4; and

Q² is a 5- to 8-membered ring consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted one or more times with R¹⁹.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined herinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 11:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 11 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (I) may be selected from Substituent Group 12:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group I(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 12 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds may be represented by the general Formula (II):

and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof,

wherein:

R¹ in each occurrence may be the same or different and is as defined hereinabove;

R² in each occurrence may be the same or different and is as defined hereinabove; and

all remaining variables are as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, the compound of Formula (II) may be selected from Group II(a):

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

in a further embodiment, the compound of Formula (II) may be selected from:

In yet a further embodiment, the compound of Formula (II) may be selected from:

In still a further embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 13: wherein:

R⁶ is selected from: R⁹, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)OR¹⁰, CH(CH₃)CO₂H, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-COR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NO₂, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-CN, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yOR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-P(O)₂OH, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_yNR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰CONR¹¹SO₂R³⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-S(O)_xR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OC(O)R¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-OC(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═NR¹⁰)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═NR¹¹)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═N—CN)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═N—CN)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰C(═N—NO₂)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(═N—NO₂)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰SO₂R¹¹, C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)₂NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)₂NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, S(O)₂NR¹⁰-alkyl, S(O)₂—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)₂—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)—NR¹¹—CN, O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, S(O)_x—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)OR¹⁰, S(O)_x—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-C(O)NR¹⁰—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)R¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)OR¹⁰, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—C(O)—NR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—S(O)_yNR¹⁰R¹¹, (C₀-C₆)-alkyl-NR¹⁰—S(O)_yR¹¹, O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C₀-C₆)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R⁶ group is optionally substituted by one or more R¹⁴ groups;

D⁴, G⁴, L⁴, M⁴, and T⁴ are independently selected from CR⁶ or N; and

all remaining variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of the structures of Group II(a) may independently be selected from Substituent Group 13 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 14:

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of Group II(a) may independently be selected from Substituent Group 14 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R⁶ of Substituent Group 14 may be selected from: hydrogen, halo, CN, OH, CH₂OH, CF₃, CHF₂, OCF₃, OCHF₂, COCH₃, SO₂CH₃, SO₂CF₃, SO₂NH₂, SO₂NHCH₃, SO₂N(CH₃)₂, NH₂, NHCOCH₃, N(COCH₃)₂, NHCONH₂, NHSO₂CH₃, alkoxy, alkyl, CO₂H,

wherein

R⁹ in each occurrence is independently selected of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, CH₃, CF₃, CHF₂, OCF₃, and OCHF₂; and

R²⁵ is selected of hydrogen, CH₃, COOMe, COOH, and CONH₂.

In yet another embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 15:

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 15 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 8:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 8 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 9:

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 9 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 10:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, one R¹ of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, one R¹ of Formula (II) may independently be selected from Substituent Group 11:

For example, in some embodiments, one R¹ of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 11 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, one R¹ of Formula (II) may be selected from Substituent Group 12:

For example, in some embodiments, one R¹ of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 12 as defined hereinabove.

In some embodiments: A) the first occurrence of R¹ of Formula (II) is selected from Substituent Group 13: B) the second occurrence R¹ of Formula (II) is selected from Substituent Group 10:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example in some embodiments, the first occurrence of R¹ of the structures of Group II(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 13 as defined hereinabove, and the second occurrence of R¹ may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment of the present invention, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds may be represented by the general Formula (III):

and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof,

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (III) may be selected from Group III(a): wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (III) may be selected from:

In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (III) may be selected from:

In yet a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 1:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 1 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 2:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R³ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 2 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, R³ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 3:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 3 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, R⁹ of the structures of Substituent Group 3 may be selected from:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R³ of Formula (III) may be Substituent Group 16:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group III(a) may be Substituent Group 16 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R³ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 5: where in:

R⁹ is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, halo, CN, alkyl, CO₂H, For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 5 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, R¹ of the structures of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 6:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 6 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 7:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 7 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 8:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 8 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 9:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 9 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, R¹ of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 10.

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 11:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 11 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (III) may be selected from Substituent Group 12:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Group III(a) may be selected from Substituent Group 12 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment of the present invention, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds may be represented by the general Formula (IV):

and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof,

wherein

W is a 5- or 6-membered ring selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times with R⁴; and

all remaining variables are as defined herein above.

In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (IV) may be selected from Group IV(a): wherein:

K¹ is O, S, or NR⁵¹; and

all remaining variables are as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (IV) may be selected from Group IV(b):

In still another embodiment, R³ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 1:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 1 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 2:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 2 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 3

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 3 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R⁹ of Substituent Group 3 may be selected from:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, R³ of Formula (IV) may be Substituent Group 16:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be Substituent Group 16 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R³ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 5:

wherein R⁹ is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, halo, CN, alkyl, CO₂H,

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 5 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 6:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 6 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 7:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 7 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 8:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 8 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 9:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 9 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 10:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 11:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 11 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (IV) may be selected from Substituent Group 12:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups IV(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 12 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment of the present invention, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds may be represented by the general Formula (V):

and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof,

wherein:

R¹ in each occurrence may be the same or different and is as defined hereinabove;

R² in each occurrence may be the same or different and is as defined hereinabove; and

all remaining variables are as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, compounds of Formula (V) may be selected from Group V(a): wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (V) may be selected from Group V(b):

In still a further embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 13: wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 13 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, at least one R¹ of the compounds of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 14:

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 14 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R⁶ of Substituent Group 14 may be selected from: hydrogen, halo, CN, OH, CH₂OH, CF₃, CHF₂, OCF₃, OCHF₂, COCH₃, SO₂CH₃, SO₂CF₃, SO₂NH₂, SO₂NHCH₃, SO₂N(CH₃)₂, NH₂, NHCOCH₃, N(COCH₃)₂, NHCONH₂, NHSO₂CH₃, alkoxy, alkyl, CO₂H,

wherein

R⁹ is independently selected of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, CH₃, CF₃, CHF₂, OCF₃, and OCHF₂;

R²⁵ is selected of hydrogen, CH₃, COOMe, COOH, and CONH₂.

In yet another embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 15:

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 15 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 8:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 8 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, at least one R¹ of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 9: For example, in some embodiments, at least one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 9 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, one R¹ of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 10: wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, each R¹ of Formula (V) may be independently selected from Substituent Group 11:

For example, in some embodiments, one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 11 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, one R¹ of Formula (V) may be selected from Substituent Group 12:

For example, in some embodiments, one R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 12 as defined hereinabove.

In some embodiments:

A) the first occurrence of R¹ of Formula (V) is selected from Substituent Group 13:

B) the second occurrence of R¹ of Formula (V) is selected from Substituent Group 10:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example in some embodiments, the first occurrence of R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 13 as defined hereinabove, and the second occurrence of R¹ of the structures of Groups V(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment of the present invention, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds may be represented by the general Formula (VI):

and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof,

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (VI) may be selected from Group VI(a): wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (VI) may be selected from Group VI(b):

In a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 1:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 1 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 2:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 2 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R³ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 3:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 3 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, each R⁹ of Substituent Group 3 may independently be selected from:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R³ of Formula (VI) may be Substituent Group 16:

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 16 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R³ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 5: wherein:

R⁹ is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, halo, CN, alkyl, CO₂H,

For example, in some embodiments, R³ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 5 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, R¹ of the compounds of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 6:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 6 as defined hereinabove.

In a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Susbstituent Group 7:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 7 as defined hereinabove.

In yet a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 8:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 8 as defined hereinabove.

In still a further embodiment, R¹ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 9:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 9 as defined hereinabove.

In one embodiment, R¹ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 10:

wherein all variables are as defined hereinabove.

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 10 as defined hereinabove.

In another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 11:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 11 as defined hereinabove.

In yet another embodiment, R¹ of Formula (VI) may be selected from Substituent Group 12:

For example, in some embodiments, R¹ of the structures of Groups VI(a) and (b) may be selected from Substituent Group 12 as defined hereinabove.

In still another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a compound selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the present invention provides a compound selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still a further embodiment, the present invention provides a compound selected from: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still a further embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In still another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound having the structure: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The present invention is also directed to pharmaceutical compositions which include any of the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloproteases of the invention described hereinabove. In accordance therewith, some embodiments of the present invention provide a pharmaceutical composition which may include an effective amount of an amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including an effective amount of the compound of Formula (I) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including an effective amount of the compound of Formula (II) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including an effective amount of the compound of Formula (III) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In still another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including an effective amount of the compound of Formula (IV) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including an effective amount of the compound of Formula (V) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In yet a further embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including an effective amount of the compound of Formula (VI) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The present invention is also directed to methods of inhibiting metalloproteases and methods of treating diseases or symptoms mediated by an metalloprotease enzyme, particularly an MMP-13 enzyme. Such methods include administering a multicyclic bis-amid metalloprotease inhibiting compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Examples of diseases or symptoms mediated by an MMP-13 mediated enzyme include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cancer, inflammation, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, ocular diseases, neurological diseases, psychiatric diseases, thrombosis, bacterial infection, Parkinson's disease, fatigue, tremor, diabetic retinopathy, vascular diseases of the retina, aging, dementia, cardiomyopathy, renal tubular impairment, diabetes, psychosis, dyskinesia, pigmentary abnormalities, deafness, inflammatory and fibrotic syndromes, intestinal bowel syndrome, allergies, Alzheimer's disease, arterial plaque formation, viral infection, stroke, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, reperfusion injury, trauma, chemical exposure or oxidative damage to tissues.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting MMP-13, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (I) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting MMP-13, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (II) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting MMP-13, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (III) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In still another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting MMP-13, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (IV) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting MMP-13, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (V) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting MMP-13, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (VI) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In still a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (III) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (IV) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (V) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, which includes administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (VI) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

Illustrative of the diseases which may be treated with such methods are: rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cancer, inflammation, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, ocular diseases, neurological diseases, psychiatric diseases, thrombosis, bacterial infection, Parkinson's disease, fatigue, tremor, diabetic retinopathy, vascular diseases of the retina, aging, dementia, cardiomyopathy, renal tubular impairment, diabetes, psychosis, dyskinesia, pigmentary abnormalities, deafness, inflammatory and fibrotic syndromes, intestinal bowel syndrome, allergies, Alzheimer's disease, arterial plaque formation, oncology, periodontal, viral infection, stroke, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, reperfusion injury, trauma, chemical exposure or oxidative damage to tissues, wound healing, hemorroids, skin beautifying, pain, inflammatory pain, bone pain and joint pain.

In some embodiments, of the present invention, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds defined above are used in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or symptom mediated by an MMP enzyme, particularly an MMP-13 enzyme.

In some embodiments, the amide containing heterobicyclic metalloprotease compounds defined above may be used in combination with a drug, active, or therapeutic agent such as, but not limited to: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug, such as, but not limited to, methotrexate, azathioptrineluflunomide, penicillamine, gold salts, mycophenolate, mofetil, and cyclophosphamide; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, such as, but not limited to, piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, and ibuprofen; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor, such as, but not limited to, rofecoxib, celecoxib, and valdecoxib; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor, such as, but not limited to, piroxicam; (e) an immunosuppressive, such as, but not limited to, methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, tacrolimus, rapamycin, and sulfasalazine; (f) a steroid, such as, but not limited to, p-methasone, prednisone, cortisone, prednisolone, and dexamethasone; (g) a biological response modifier, such as, but not limited to, anti-TNF antibodies, TNF-α antagonists, IL-1 antagonists, anti-CD40, anti-CD28, IL-10, and anti-adhesion molecules; and (h) other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases, such as, but not limited to, p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, TACE inhibitors, chemokine receptor antagonists, thalidomide, leukotriene inhibitors, and other small molecule inhibitors of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes:

A) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof;

B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and

C) a member selected from: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes:

A) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof;

B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and

C) a member selected from: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

In still another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes:

A) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (III) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof;

B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and

C) a member selected from: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes:

A) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (IV) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof;

B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and

C) a member selected from: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

In yet a further embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes:

A) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (V) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof;

B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and

C) a member selected from: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

In yet a further embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which includes:

A) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (VI) and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof;

B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and

C) a member selected from: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

Inhibiting Activity

The inhibiting activity towards different metalloproteases of the heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the present invention may be measured using any suitable assay known in the art. A standard in vitro assay for measuring the metalloprotease inhibiting activity is described in Examples 1700 to 1704. The heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds show activity towards MMP-3, MMP-8, MMP-12, MMP-13, ADAMTS-4 and/or ADAMTS-5.

The heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the invention have an MMP-13 inhibition activity (IC₅₀ MMP-13) ranging from below 0.1 nM to about 20 μM, and typically, from about 0.2 nM to about 2 μM. Heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the invention desirably have an MMP inhibition activity ranging from about 0.2 nM to about 20 nM. Table 1 lists typical examples of heterobicyclic metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the invention that have an MMP-13 activity lower than 5 nM (Group A) and from 5 nM to 20 μM (Group B).

TABLE 1
Summary of MMP-13 Activity for Compounds
Group Ex. #
A     32, 37, 49, 63, 66, 73, 115, 159, 235, 317, 318, 319, 322,
      328, 332, 337, 339, 340, 341, 343, 346, 348, 349, 351, 358,
      359, 365, 379, 395, 397, 398, 399, 402, 403, 418, 419, 423,
      425, 428, 430, 440, 442, 443, 449, 453, 459, 469, 476, 480
B     3, 4, 36, 71, 86, 93, 113, 126, 156, 158, 161, 231, 244,
      246, 280, 308, 323, 347, 355, 363, 367, 400, 411, 420, 432,
      461, 464, 466, 467, 479, 483

The synthesis of metalloprotease inhibiting compounds of the invention and their biological activity assay are described in the following examples which are not intended to be limiting in any way.

Schemes

Provided below are schemes according to which compounds of the present invention may be prepared. In schemes described herein, each of R^AR^B and R^CR^D may be the same or different, and each may independently be selected from R¹R² and R²⁰R²¹ as defined hereinabove. Each of X^a, Y^a, and Z^a shown in the schemes below may be the same or different, and each may independently be selected from N and CR⁴. X^b shown in the schemes below in each occurrence may be the same or different and is independently selected from O, S, and NR⁵¹. Y^b shown in the schemes below in each occurrence may be the same and is independently selected from CR⁴ and N.

In some embodiments the compounds of Formula (I)-(III) are synthesized by the general methods shown in Scheme 1 to Scheme 3.

Methyl acetopyruvate is condensed (e.g. MeOH/reflux, aqueous HCl/100° C. or glacial AcOH/95° C.) with an amino substituted 5-membered heterocycle (e.g. 1H-pyrazol-5-amine) to afford a bicyclic ring system as a separable mixture of regioisomer A and regioisomer B (Scheme 1).

The regioisomer A of the bicyclic ring system from Scheme 1 (e.g. 7-methyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester) is oxidized (e.g. selenium dioxide/120-130° C. and then oxone®/room temperature) to afford the corresponding carboxylic acid (Scheme 2). Activated acid coupling (e.g. oxalyl chloride, PyBOP, PyBrOP, EDCI/HOAt or HATU/HOAt) with R^AR^BNH (e.g. 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylamine) in a suitable solvent gives the desired amide after purification. Saponification (e.g. aqueous LiOH/dioxane, NaOH/MeOH or TMSnOH/80° C.) and further activated acid coupling (e.g. oxalyl chloride, PyBOP, PyBrOP, EDCI/HOAt, HATU/HOAt, N-cyclohexyl-carbodiimide-N′-methyl-polystyrene or polystyrene-IIDQ) with R^CR^DNH gives the desired bicyclic bisamide inhibitor after purification. If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

The regioisomer B of the bicyclic ring system from Scheme 1 (e.g. 5-methyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid methyl ester) is treated similarly as shown in Scheme 2 to give the desired bicyclic bisamide inhibitor after purification (Scheme 3). If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

In some embodiments the compounds of Formula (I)-(III) are synthesized by the general methods shown in Scheme 4 to Scheme 8.

2-Chloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester is reduced (e.g. NaBH₄/MeOH) to the corresponding alcohol and protected with a suitable protecting group [PG, e.g. (2-methoxyethoxy)methyl] (Scheme 4). The obtained intermediate is stirred with hydrazine hydrate at 70° C. to afford the corresponding hydrazino pyrimidine after concentration. Cyclization with a suitable reagent (e.g. triethylortho formate) gives the protected hydroxymethyl substituted bicyclic ring system as a separable mixture of regioisomer A and regioisomer B.

The regioisomer A of the protected hydroxymethyl substituted bicyclic ring system from Scheme 4 (e.g. 7-(2-methoxy-ethoxymethoxymethyl)-5-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrimidine) is deprotected (e.g. HCl/THF) and then oxidized (e.g. KMnO₄ in aqueous Na₂CO₃/50° C.) to afford the corresponding carboxy substituted bicyclic ring system (Scheme 5). Esterifcation (e.g. thionyl chloride/MeOH) and oxidation (e.g. selenium dioxide/70° C.) of this intermediate gives the corresponding carboxylic acid. Activated acid coupling (e.g. oxalyl chloride, PyBOP, PyBrOP, EDCI/HOAt or HATU/HOAt) with R^AR^BNH (e.g. 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylamine) in a suitable solvent gives the desired amide after purification. Saponification (e.g. aqueous LiOH/dioxane, NaOH/MeOH or TMSnOH/80° C.) and further activated acid coupling (e.g. oxalyl chloride, PyBOP, PyBrOP, EDCI/HOAt, HATU/HOAt) with R^CR^DNH gives the desired bicyclic bisamide inhibitor after purification. If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

The regioisomer B of the protected hydroxymethyl substituted bicyclic ring system from Scheme 4 (e.g. 5-(2-methoxy-ethoxymethoxymethyl)-7-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrimidine) is treated similarly as shown in Scheme 5 to give the desired bicyclic bisamide inhibitor after purification (Scheme 6). If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

2-Chloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester is oxidized (e.g. selenium dioxide/105° C.) to the corresponding carboxylic acid (Scheme 7). Activated acid coupling (e.g. oxalyl chloride) with R^AR^BNH (e.g. 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylamine) in a suitable solvent gives the desired amide after purification. Saponification (e.g. aqueous LiOH/THF) and further activated acid coupling (e.g. PyBOP) with R^CR^DNH (e.g. 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester) gives the corresponding benzotriazol-1-yloxy substituted pyrimidine bisamide.

A benzotriazol-1-yloxy substituted pyrimidine bisamide from Scheme 7 (e.g. 4-({[2-(benzotriazol-1-yloxy)-6-(4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylcarbamoyl)-pyrimidine-4-carbonyl]-amino}-methyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester) is stirred with hydrazine hydrate at room temperature to afford the corresponding hydrazino pyrimidine bisamide after concentration (Scheme 8). Cyclization with a suitable reagent (e.g. phosgene) gives the corresponding bicyclic bisamide inhibitor as a mixture of regioisomer A and regioisomer B. If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

In some embodiments the compounds of Formula (IV)-(VI) are synthesized by the general methods shown in Scheme 9 to Scheme 11.

An ester and amino substituted heterocycle (e.g. 3-amino-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester) is condensed (e.g. EtOH/reflux) with formamidine to give a hydroxy substituted bicyclic ring system (Scheme 9). This intermediate is then converted into the corresponding bromo derivative using a suitable reagent (e.g. POBr₃/80° C.). The resulting bromide is heated to (e.g. 80° C.) with a suitable catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc)₂, dppf) and base (e.g. Et₃N) under a carbon monoxide atmosphere in a suitable solvent (e.g. MeOH) to give the corresponding bicyclic methylester after purification. Nitration (e.g. concentrated HNO₃/0° C. to room temperature) and saponification (e.g. aqueous LiOH) gives the corresponding nitro substituted bicyclic carboxylic acid. Activated acid coupling (e.g. EDCI/HOAt) with R^AR^BNH (e.g. 6-aminomethyl-4H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-one) in a suitable solvent gives the desired amide. This intermediate is stirred with a suitable catalyst (e.g. Pd/C) and acid (e.g. AcOH) under a hydrogen atmosphere to afford corresponding amino substituted bicyclic amide after purification.

The amino substituted bicyclic amide from scheme 9 (e.g. 3-amino-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzylamide) and the carbonyl compound (CO)R^CR^D (e.g. 4-fluorobenzaldehyde) is stirred with a suitable reducing agent (e.g. NaCNBH₃) and a small amount of acid (e.g. AcOH) in a suitable solvent (e.g. MeOH) to give the corresponding bicyclic inhibitor after purification (Scheme 10). If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

The amino substituted bicyclic amide from scheme 9 (e.g. 7-amino-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid (3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-6-ylmethyl)-amide is stirred with the acid chloride R^CCOCl or with the acid anhydride (R^CCO)₂O (e.g. acetic anhydride) in a suitable solvent (e.g. pyridine) to give the corresponding bicyclic inhibitor after purification (Scheme 11). If necessary, the R group can be further manipulated (e.g. saponification of a COOMe group in R).

EXAMPLES AND METHODS

All reagents and solvents were obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification. Proton spectra (¹H-NMR) were recorded on a 400 MHz and a 250 MHz NMR spectrometer in deuterated solvents. Purification by column chromatography was performed using silica gel, grade 60, 0.06-0.2 mm (chromatography) or silica gel, grade 60, 0.04-0.063 mm (flash chromatography) and suitable organic solvents as indicated in specific examples. Preparative thin layer chromatography was carried out on silica gel plates with UV detection.

Preparative Examples 1-835 are directed to intermediate compounds useful in preparing the compounds of the present invention.

Preparative Example 1

Step A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere a 1M solution of BH₃.THF complex in THF (140 mL) was added dropwise over a 3 h period to an ice cooled solution of commercially available 3-bromo-2-methyl-benzoic acid (20.0 g) in anhydrous THF (200 mL). Once gas evolution had subsided, the cooling bath was removed and mixture stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was then poured into a mixture of 1N aqueous HCl (500 mL) and ice and then extracted with Et₂O (3×150 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (18.1 g, 97%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.50 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.10 (t, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H).

Step B

Under a nitrogen atmosphere PBr₃ (5.52 mL) was added over a 10 min period to an ice cooled solution of the title compound from Step A above (18.1 g) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL). The cooling bath was removed and mixture stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was cooled (0-5° C.), quenched by dropwise addition of MeOH (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×150 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a viscous oil (23.8 g, 97%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) D=7.50 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.00 (t, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H).

Step C

Under a nitrogen atmosphere a 1.5M solution of lithium diispropylamide in cyclohexane (63 mL) was added dropwise to a cooled (−78° C., acetone/dry ice) solution of ^tBuOAc in anhydrous THF (200 mL). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h, then a solution of the title compound from Step B above (23.8 g) in THF (30 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 12 h while warming to room temperature. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with Et₂O (300 mL), washed with 0.5N aqueous HCl (2×100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a pale-yellow viscous oil (21.5 g, 80%). ¹H-NMR (□CDCl₃) □=7.50 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.00 (t, 1H), 3.00 (t, 2H), 2.50 (t, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H).

Step D

A mixture of the title compound from Step C above (21.5 g) and polyphosphoric acid (250 g) was placed in a preheated oil bath (140° C.) for 10 min while mixing the thick slurry occasionally with a spatula. The oil bath was removed, ice and H₂O (1 L) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with H₂O (2×100 mL) and dried to afford the title compound (16.7 g, 96%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.50 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.00 (t, 1H), 3.00 (t, 2H), 2.65 (t, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H).

Step E

Under a nitrogen atmosphere oxalyl chloride (12.0 mL) was added dropwise to an ice cooled solution of the title compound from Step D above (11.6 g) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h and then concentrated. The remaining dark residue was dissolved in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (300 mL) and AlCl₃ (6.40 g) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h, cooled and poured into ice water (500 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a light brown solid (10.6 g, 98%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.65 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H).

Step F

Using a syringe pump, a solution of the title compound from Step E above (9.66 g) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (70 mL) was added over a 10 h period to a cooled (−20° C., internal temperature) mixture of a 1M solution of (S)-(−)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine in toluene (8.6 mL) and a 1M solution of BH₃.Me₂S complex in CH₂Cl₂ (43.0 mL) in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL). The mixture was then quenched at −20° C. by addition of MeOH (100 mL), warmed to room temperature, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, Et₂O/CH₂Cl₂) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (8.7 g, 90%). ¹H-NMR (□CDCl₃) □=7.50 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H).

Step G

Under a nitrogen atmosphere NEt₃ (15.9 mL) and methanesulfonyl chloride (4.5 mL) were added subsequently to a cooled (−78° C., acetone/dry ice) solution of the title compound from Step F above (8.7 g) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 90 min, then NH₃ (˜150 mL) was condensed into the mixture using a dry ice condenser at a rate of 3 mL/min and stirring at −78° C. was continued for 2 h. Then the mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature allowing the NH₃ to evaporate. 1N aqueous NaOH (200 mL) was added, the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining light brown oil was dissolved in Et₂O (200 mL) and a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added. The formed precipitate was collected and dried to give the title compound (9.0 g, 90%). [M-NH₃Cl]⁺=209/211.

Step H

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from Step G above (5.2 g) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) were subsequently added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (5.0 g) and NEt₃ (9.67 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h, concentrated, diluted with Et₂O (250 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (7.28 g, 97%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃, free base) □=7.40 (m, H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 4.30 (t, 1H) 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.80 (m, 1H).

Step I

Under a nitrogen atmosphere a mixture of the title compound from Step H above (7.2 g), Zn(CN)₂ (5.2 g) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (2.6 g) in anhydrous DMF (80 mL) was heated to 100° C. for 18 h, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (4.5 g, 75%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.50 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 5.15 (m, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.50(s, 9H).

Preparative Example 2

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 1, Step I (1.0 g) was suspended in 6N aqueous HCl (20 mL), heated to 100° C. for 12 h and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid. (834 mg, >99%). [M-NH₃Cl]⁺=175.

Step B

Anhydrous HCl gas was bubbled through an ice cooled solution of the title compound from Step A above (1.0 g) in anhydrous MeOH (20 mL) for 2-3 min. The cooling bath was removed, the mixture was heated to reflux for 12 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid (880 mg, 83%). [M-NH₃Cl]⁺=189.

Preparative Example 3

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 5-bromo-indan-1-one (1.76 g), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (636 mg) and NaOAc (751 mg) in MeOH (40 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and then diluted with H₂O (100 mL). The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with H₂O (3×20 mL) and dried to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (1.88 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=226/228.

Step B

Under an argon atmosphere a 1M solution of LiAlH₄ in Et₂O (42.4 mL) was slowly added to a cooled (−78° C., acetone/dry ice) solution of the title compound from Step A above (1.88 g) in Et₂O (20 mL). Then the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was heated to reflux for 5 h. The mixture was cooled (0-5° C.) and H₂O (1.6 mL), 15% aqueous NaOH (1.6 mL) and H₂O (4.8 mL) were carefully and sequentially added. The resulting mixture was filtered through a plug of celite® and concentrated to give the title compound as a clear oil (1.65 g, 94%). [MH]⁺=212/214.

Step C

To a boiling solution of the title compound from Step B above (1.13 g) in MeOH (2.3 mL) was added a hot solution of commercially available N-acetyl-L-leucine (924 mg) in MeOH (3 mL). The solution was allowed to cool to room temperature, which afforded a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with MeOH (2 mL) and recrystalized from MeOH (2×). The obtained solid was dissolved in a mixture of 10% aqueous NaOH (20 mL) and Et₂O (20 mL), the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with Et₂O. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as a clear oil (99 mg, 18%). [MH]⁺=212/214.

Step D

To a solution of the title compound from Step C above (300 mg) in THF (10 mL) were subsequently added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (370 mg) and NEt₃ (237 μL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a clear oil (460 mg, >99%). [MNa]⁺=334/336.

Step E

Under an argon atmosphere a mixture of the title compound from Step D above (460 mg), Zn(CN)₂ (200 mg) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (89 mg) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was heated in a sealed vial to 110° C. for 18 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with Et₂O (20 mL) and H₂O (20 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with Et₂O (4×10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with H₂O (3×10 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a clear oil (170 mg, 47%). [MH]⁺=259.

Preparative Example 4

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 3, Step E (1.0 g) was suspended in 6N aqueous HCl (50 mL), heated under closed atmosphere to 110-112° C. for 20 h and concentrated to give the title compound (827 mg, >99%). [M-Cl]⁺=178.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (827 mg) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH (150 mL) and saturated with anhydrous HCl gas. The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The remaining oil was taken up in CH₂Cl₂ and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as an oil which slowly crystallized into a light brown solid (660 mg, 89%). [MH]⁺=192.

Preparative Example 5

Step A

To a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.78 g) in dry MeOH (100 mL) was added a 30 wt % solution of NaOMe in MeOH (7.27 mL). The resulting white suspension was stirred at room temperature for 15 min and a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 3, Step E (5.17 g) in dry MeOH (100 mL) was added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h (complete conversion checked by HPLC/MS, [MH]⁺=292) and then cooled to room temperature. Diethyl carbonate (48.2 g) and a 30 wt % solution of NaOMe in MeOH (7.27 mL) were added successively and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with 1M aqueous NH₄Cl (200 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂/MeOH (60:40, 500 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (3×200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂MeOH) to afford the title compound as a white solid (3.89 g, 61%) [MNa]⁺=340.

Preparative Example 6

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 1, Step I (1.37 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 5, Step A to afford the title compound as a white solid (845 mg, 51%). [MNa]⁺=354.

Preparative Example 7

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 2, Step B (5.94 g) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) were subsequently added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.6 g) and NEt₃ (1 mL). The mixture was stirred for 3 h, concentrated, diluted with Et₂O (250 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (7.28 g, 97%). [MNa]⁺=328.

Step B

To a mixture of the title compound from Step A above (7.28 g) in THF (60 mL) was added 1M aqueous LiOH (60 mL). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 h, concentrated, diluted with H₂O, adjusted to pH 5 with HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as colorless solid (1.87 g, 27%). [MNa]⁺=314.

Step C

At 80° C. N,N-dimethylformamide di-tert-butyl acetal (6.2 mL) was added to a solution of the title compound from Step B above (1.87 g) in dry toluene (15 mL). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 3 h, cooled to room temperature, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (820 mg, 38%). [MNa]⁺=370.

Step D

To a solution of the title compound from Step C above (820 mg) in ^tBuOAc (40 mL) was added concentrated H₂SO₄ (0.65 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (640 mg, 99%). [M-NH₂]⁺=231.

Preparative Example 8

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 3, Step E (153 mg) in EtOH (10 mL) were added NEt₃ (0.16 mL) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (81 mg). The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h, then concentrated, dissolved in THF (5 mL) and pyridine (0.19 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.25 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 16 h. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a white solid (217 mg, >99%). [MNa]⁺=392.

Preparative Example 9

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 4, Step A (33.7 mg) in 1,4-dioxane/H₂O (1:1, 2 mL) were added NaOH (97.4 mg) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (68.7 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a white solid (34.6 mg, 71%). [MNa]⁺=300.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (34.6 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) were added oxalyl chloride (33 μL) and DMF (2 μL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) and added to a cold (−78° C.) saturated solution of NH₃ in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h, warmed to room temperature, concentrated, redissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL), filtered, and concentrated to give a white solid (25.9 mg, 75%). [MNa]⁺=299.

Preparative Example 10

Step A

To mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 7, Step B (536 mg) and allyl bromide (1.6 mL) in CHCl₃/THF (1:1, 20 mL) were added Bu₄NHSO₄ (70 mg) and a 1M solution of LiOH in H₂O (10 mL) and the resulting biphasic mixture was stirred at 40° C. overnight. The organic phase was separated, concentrated, diluted with CHCl₃, washed with H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (610 mg, >99%). [MNa]⁺=354.

Preparative Example 11

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 9, Step A (97 mg) in dry DMF (5 mL) were added K₂CO₃ (97 mg) and allyl bromide (22 μL). The mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (81 mg, 68%). [MNa]⁺=340.

Preparative Example 12

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 2-amino-4-chloro-phenol (5.0 g) and NaHCO₃ (7.7 g) in acetone/H₂O was slowly added 2-bromopropionyl bromide (4 mL) at room temperature, before the mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h. The acetone was evaporated and the formed precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with H₂O and dried to afford the title compound as brown crystals (6.38 g, 93%). [MH]⁺=198.

Preparative Example 13

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 2-amino-4-chloro-phenol (5.0 g) and NaHCO₃ (7.7 g) in acetone/H₂O (4:1, 200 mL) was slowly added 2-bromo-2-methylpropionyl bromide (8.3 mL) at room temperature, before the mixture was heated at ˜90° C. overnight. The acetone was evaporated and the formed precipitate was filtered off, washed with H₂O (100 mL) and recrystallized from acetone/H₂O (1:1) to afford the title compound as a pale brown solid (4.8 g, 33%). [MH]⁺=212.

Preparative Example 14

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 7-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-quinolin-2-one (1.63 g) in THF (20 mL) was added NaH (95%, 0.28 g). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 min, N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (4.0 g) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., diluted with H₂O (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (2.29 g, 78%). [MH]⁺=296.

Preparative Example 15

Step A

Commercially available 5-chloro-2-methylbenzoxazole (1.5 g), KCN (612 mg), dipiperidinomethane (720 μL), Pd(OAc)₂ (80 mg) and 1,5-bis-(diphenylphosphino)pentane (315 mg) were dissolved in dry toluene (20 mL), degassed and heated at 160° C. in a sealed pressure tube under an argon atmosphere for 24 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (372 mg, 26%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.90 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.58 (s, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H).

Preparative Example 16

Step A

A solution of 5-bromo-2-fluorobenzylamine hydrochloride (5.39 g), K₂CO₃ (7.74 g) and benzyl chloroformate (3.8 mL) in THF/H₂O was stirred at room temperature for 90 min. The resulting mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and slurried in pentane. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound as colorless needles (7.74 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=338/340.

Preparative Example 17

Step A

To a suspension of commercially available 5-bromo-2-fluoro-benzoic acid (4.52 g) in dry toluene (200 mL) were added NEt₃ (3.37 mL) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (5.28 mL). The resulting clear solution was heated to reflux for 16 h, then benzyl alcohol (2.51 mL) was added and heating to reflux was continued for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (2.96 g, 46%). [MH]⁺=324/326.

Preparative Example 18

Step A

A solution of commercially available 4-bromophenol (3.36 g), 3-chloro-butan-2-one (2.2 mL) and K₂CO₃ (4 g) in acetone (40 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h. Then an additional amount of 3-chloro-butan-2-one and K₂CO₃ was added and heating to reflux was continued overnight. The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with H₂O, 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The obtained colorless oil was added dropwise at 100° C. to phosphorous oxychloride (4.7 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 h, cooled to room temperature and ice, followed by EtOAc was added. The organic layer was separated, washed subsequently with saturated aqueous NaCl and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane) to afford the title compound as a bright yellow solid (2.55 g, 58%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.50 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H).

Preparative Example 19

Step A

A 2.5M solution of BuLi in hexane (13.6 mL) was diluted in THF (50 mL) and cooled to −78° C. (dry ice/acetone). To this solution were subsequently added 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (4.8 g) and commercially available 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (5 g). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h and then a solution of iodine (17.3 g) in THF (50 mL) was added. The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then the mixture was quenched with 1M aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (50 mL), the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid (6.3 g, 68%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=8.63 (dd, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 7.20 (dd, 1H).

Step B

A 2.5M solution of BuLi in hexane (7.2 mL) was diluted in THF (30 mL) and cooled to −78° C. (dry ice/acetone). To this solution were subsequently and dropwise added ⁱPr₂NH (2.5 mL) and the title compound from Step A above (4.9 g). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h, quenched at −78° C. with MeOH (2 mL), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as yellow needles (1.6 g, 32%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=8.40 (d, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H).

Preparative Example 20

Step A

A suspension of commercially available 6-chloro-4H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-3-one (3.2 g) and CuCN (2.9 g) in dry N-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-one (15 mL) was placed in a preheated oil bath (˜250° C.). After stirring at this temperature overnight, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with H₂O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (2×200 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining residue crystallized from EtOAc/toluene to afford the title compound as a tan solid (720 mg, 24%). [MH]⁺=175.

Preparative Examples 21-24

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 20, except using the intermediates indicated in Table I-1 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-1
Prep. Ex. #	intermediate	product	yield
21			39% [MH]+ = 189
22			45% [MH]+ = 203
23			74% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) □ = 7.30 (d, 1 H), 7.06 (s, 1 H), 7.03 (d, 1 H).
24			64% [MH]+ = 173

Preparative Example 25

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 18, Step A (2.55 g), Zn(CN)₂ (1.0 g) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (653 mg) in dry DMF (10 mL) was degassed and heated at 85° C. under an argon atmosphere for 40 h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless crystals (1.05 g, 54%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.50 (m, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H).

Preparative Examples 26-30

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 25, except using the intermediates indicated in Table I-2 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-2
Prep. Ex. #	intermediate	product	yield
26			>99% [MNa]+ = 261
27			94% [MH]+ = 173
28			86% [MH]+ = 173
29			98% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) □ =7.10-7.75 (m, 8 H), 5.22 (br s, 1 H), 5.13 (s, 2 H), 4.42 (d, 2 H).
30			56% [MH]+ = 271

Preparative Example 31

Step A

A solution of commercially available 3-cyano-benzenesulfonyl chloride (1.07 g) in a 33% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (40 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then concentrated to ˜20 mL and placed in an ice bath. The formed precipitate was separated by filtration, washed with H₂O and dried in vacuo to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (722 mg, 75%). [MH]⁺=183.

Preparative Example 32

Step A

Commercially available 2-trifluoromethyl-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.0 g) was dissolved in a 7M solution of NH₃ in MeOH and heated in a sealed pressure tube to 50° C. for 16 h. Cooling to room temperature and concentration afforded the title compound (941 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=192.

Step B

A 2M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH₂Cl₂ (520 μL) was diluted in DMF (3 mL) and then cooled to 0° C. Pyridine (168 μL) and a solution of the title compound from Step A above (100 mg) in DMF (1 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h and then at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (60 mg, 65%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=9.20 (d, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H).

Preparative Example 33

Step A

A solution of commercially available 7-cyano-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (103 mg) and sulfamide (69 mg) in dry 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10 mL) was heated to reflux overnight, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid (165 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=238.

Preparative Example 34

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 33, Step A (165 mg) in dry MeOH (20 mL) were added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (300 mg) and NiCl₂.6H₂O (20 mg), followed by the careful portionwise addition of NaBH₄ (220 mg). The resulting black mixture was stirred for 20 min at 0-5° C. (ice bath), then the ice bath was removed and stirring at room temperature was continued overnight. Then diethylenetriamine was added and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The remaining residue was suspended in EtOAc washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (109 mg, 46%). [MNa]⁺=364.

Preparative Example 35

Step A

A solution of commercially available 7-cyano-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (407 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added iodosobenzene (1.13 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with CH₂Cl₂, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH). The obtained intermediate (240 mg) was dissolved in dry DMF (7 mL) and cooled to 0° C. An excess of NaH and methyl iodide were added subsequently and the mixture was stirred for 2 h while warming to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound as a slowly crystallizing oil (104 mg, 22%). [MH]⁺=187.

Preparative Example 36

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 7-Cyano-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (158 mg) in acetic anhydride (5 mL) was added pyridine (0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated to afford the crude title compound. [MNa]⁺=223.

Preparative Example 37

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 20, Step A (549 mg) was dissolved in dry DMF (7 mL) and cooled to 0° C. An excess of NaH and methyl iodide were added subsequently and the mixture was stirred for 2 h while warming to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless needles (311 mg, 52%). [MH]⁺=189.

Preparative Example 38

Step A

Under an argon atmosphere a mixture of commercially available 4-fluoro-3-methoxybenzonitrile (5.0 g), AlCl₃ (8.8 g) and NaCl (1.94 g) was heated (melted) to 190° C. for 45 min, cooled, poured on ice (200 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃ (3×). The combined organic phases were washed with H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless needles (3.45 g, 76%). [MH]⁺=138.

Step B

A suspension of the title compound from Step A above (883 mg) and K₂CO₃ (980 mg) in dry DMF (15 mL) was heated to 50° C. for 10 min and then cooled to −40° C. Chlorodifluoromethane (50 g) was condensed into the mixture and the resulting slurry was stirred at 80° C. with a dry ice condenser for 6 h and then at room temperature overnight without condenser. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. Purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the crude title compound as a colorless oil (1.31 g). [MH]⁺=188.

Preparative Example 39

Step A

To a cooled (−30° C.) solution of ⁱPr₂NH (16.9 mL) in THF (140 mL) was dropwise added a 2.5M solution of BuLi in hexane (43.2 mL). The mixture was stirred between −20° C. and −30° C. for 20 min and then cooled to −78° C. To this solution dry HMPA (72 mL) was added dropwise not allowing the temperature of the mixture to exceed −70° C. The resultant mixture was cooled again to −78° C. and a solution of commercially available dimethylcyclohexane-1,4-dicarboxylate (20 g) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise over a period of −10 min. Stirring at −78° C. was continued for 40 min, then 1-bromo-2-chloroethane (10 mL) was added over a period of 5 min, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. The mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl, the volatiles were removed by evaporation and the mixture was diluted with cyclohexane and H₂O. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with cyclohexane (2×). The combined organic phases were washed with H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining residue was distilled (10⁻² mbar, 100° C.) to give the title compound as a pale yellow oil (17 g, 65%). [MH]⁺=263.

Step B

To a cooled (−30° C.) solution of ⁱPr₂NH (18.7 mL) in THF (180 mL) was dropwise added a 2.5M solution of BuLi in hexane (53.6 mL). The mixture was stirred between −20° C. and −30° C. for 20 min and then cooled to −78° C. This solution was canulated over a period of 30 min into a cooled (−78° C.) mixture of the title compound from Step A above (32 g) and HMPA (90 mL) in THF (440 mL) not allowing the temperature of the mixture to exceed −70° C. Stirring at −78° C. was continued for 25 min and then the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 1 h. The mixture was kept at room temperature for 1 h and then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl. The volatiles were removed by evaporation and the mixture was diluted with cyclohexane and H₂O. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with cyclohexane (3×). The combined organic phases were washed with H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining residue was recrystallized from cyclohexane to give the title compound (13.8 g, 50%). [MH]⁺=227.

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (20 g) and KOH (5.5 g) in MeOH/H₂O (10:1, 106 mL) was heated to reflux overnight, cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and extracted with 1N aqueous NaOH (2×100 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the starting material as a white solid. The combined aqueous phases were adjusted with 2N aqueous HCl to pH 1-2 and extracted with EtOAc (4×250 mL). The combined turbid organic phases were filtered through a fluted filter, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid (13.1 g, 70%). [MH]⁺=213.

Step D

To a cooled (−40° C.) solution of the title compound from Step C above (500 mg) and NEt₃ (1.23 mL) in THF (50 mL) was slowly added ethyl chloroformate (0.67 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to −25° C. and stirred at this temperature for 1 h. A 7N solution of NH₃ in MeOH (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 30 min. The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min before it was concentrated. To the remaining residue were added H₂O (10 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL), the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with 1N aqueous KOH (10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (458 mg, 92%). [MH]⁺=212.

Preparative Example 40

Step A

To a cooled (0° C.) mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 39, Step A (228 mg) and imidazole (147 mg) in pyridine (10 mL) was slowly added POCl₃ (0.40 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then added to a mixture of ice, NaCl and EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and washed with 1N aqueous HCl until the aqueous phase remained acidic. Drying (MgSO₄), filtration and concentration afforded the title compound (137 mg, 72%). [MH]⁺=194.

Preparative Example 41

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 40, Step A (137 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 34, Step A to afford the title compound (163 mg, 77%). [MNa]⁺=320.

Preparative Example 42

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 41, Step A (2.0 g) in MeOH (10 mL) was added a solution of KOH (753 mg) in H₂O (2 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 15 h, concentrated to approximately half of its volume and diluted with H₂O (50 mL). EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was acidified to pH 4.5 and extracted with EtOAc (3×40 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (50 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (1.1 g, 56%). [MNa]⁺=306.

Preparative Example 43

Step A

A mixture of commercially available norbonene (15 g) and RuCl₃ (0.3 g) in CHCl₃ (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. Then a solution of NaIO₄ (163 g) in H₂O (1200 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 d. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celites and the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was saturated with NaCl and extracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL). The combined organic phases were treated with MgSO₄ and charcoal, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound as thick slightly purple liquid (13.5 g, 53%). [MH]⁺=159.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (11.2 g) in MeOH (250 mL) was added concentrated H₂SO₄ (0.5 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was heated to reflux for 15 h, cooled to room temperature, filtrated and concentrated. The remaining residue was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (3×50 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (50 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (8.43 g, 64%). [MH]⁺=187.

Step C

To a cooled (−20° C.) solution of ⁱPr₂NH (17.3 mL) in THF (230 mL) was dropwise added a 2.5M solution of BuLi in hexane (45.3 mL). The mixture was stirred between −20° C. and −30° C. for 20 min and then cooled to −78° C. To this solution dry HMPA (63.2 mL) was added dropwise not allowing the temperature of the mixture to exceed −70° C. The resultant mixture was cooled again to −78° C. and a solution of the title compound from Step B above (8.43 g) in THF (40 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 20 min. Then the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 20 min and cooled again to −78° C. 1-Bromo-2-chloroethane (6.32 mL) was added over a period of 40 min, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of 2 h. The mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (60 mL), concentrated to 1/5 volume and diluted with H₂O (120 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with cyclohexane (3×100 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with H₂O (100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (7.86 g, 82%). [MH]⁺=213.

Step D

To a solution of the title compound from Step C above (3.5 g) in MeOH (15 mL) was added a solution of KOH (1.6 g) in H₂O (1.75 mL). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated to 140° C. for 25 min before H₂O (30 mL) was added. The aqueous mixture was washed with cyclohexane (2×30 mL), adjusted to pH 1 with 1N aqueous HCl and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (15 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (2.3 g, 70%). [MH]⁺=199.

Preparative Example 44

Step A

To a solution of commercially available trans-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (262 mg) in dry THF (5 mL) was added 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (243 mg). The resulting clear colorless solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then a 0.5M solution of NH₃ in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 5 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (250 mg, 97%). [MNa]⁺=279.

Preparative Example 45

Step A

To a solution of title compound from the Preparative Example 7, Step B (35 mg) in DMF (3 mL) were added HATU (60 mg), HOAt (20 mg) and a 2M solution of MeNH₂ in THF (150 μL). The mixture was stirred for 16 h, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound (35 mg, 95%). [MH]⁺=291.

Preparative Examples 46-53

Following similar procedures as described in the Preparative Examples 39 (method A), 44 (method B) or 45 (method C), except using the acids and amines indicated in Table I-3 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-3
Prep. Ex. #	acid, amine	product	method, yield
46			A, 79% [MH]+ = 297
47			B, 90% [MH]+ = 311
48			B, 44% [MH]+ = 353
49			A, 51% [MH]+ = 283
50			A, 37% [MH]+ = 198
51			B, 99% [MNa]+ = 293
52			B, 98% [MNa]+ = 307
53			C, 60% [MH]+ = 305

Preparative Example 54

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 50 (300 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 40, Step A to afford the title compound (250 mg, 92%). [MH]⁺=180.

Preparative Example 55

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 39, Step C (1.0 g) in acetone (7.5 mL) was added phenolphthaleine (1 crystal). To this mixture was added 1M aqueous NaOH until the color of the solution changed to red (pH˜8.5). Then a solution of AgNO₃ (850 mg) in H₂O (1.25 mL) was added. The formed precipitate (Ag-salt) was collected by filtration, washed with H₂O, acetone and Et₂O and dried in vacuo at room temperature for 6 h and at 100° C. for 18 h. The obtained solid (1.28 g) was suspended in hexane (15 mL), bromine (643 mg) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then the mixture was placed in a preheated oil bath (80° C.) and stirred at the temperature for another 30 min. The mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with Et₂O (2×30 mL). The combined filtrates were washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×25 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (817 mg, 70%). [MH]⁺=247/249.

Preparative Example 56

Step A

To the title compound from the Preparative Example 55, Step A (600 mg) was added 1% aqueous NaOH (65 mL). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. (temperature of the oil bath) for 18 h, concentrated to 15 mL and diluted with 1N aqueous HCl (20 mL). The resulting mixture was acidified to pH 1 with 12N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound, which was not further purified (340 mg, 82%). [M-CO₂]⁺=188/190.

Preparative Example 57

Step A

To a cooled (−30° C.) solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 56, Step A (540 mg) and NEt₃ (375 μL) in THF (25 mL) was added ethyl chloroformate (200 mL). The mixture was stirred at −30° C. for 1 h and then filtered. The precipitated salts were washed with THF (15 mL). The combined filtrates were cooled to −20° C. and a 33% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (7 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 20 min, then the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. Then the mixture was concentrated and dissolved in THF (12 mL). Pyridine (690 μL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (600 μL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. Then the mixture was concentrated to 5 mL, diluted with MeOH (10 mL) and 10% aqueous K₂CO₃ (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2½ h. The MeOH was evaporated and Et₂O/EtOAc (9:1, 80 mL), H₂O (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaCl (10 mL) and saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (15 mL) were added. The organic phase was separated, washed with 0.1N aqueous HCl (30 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound, which was not further purified (222 mg, 86%). [MH]⁺=214/216.

Preparative Examples 58-80

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 34, except using the nitriles indicated in Table I-4 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-4
Prep.
Ex. #	nitrile	product	yield
58			68% [MNa]+ =310
59			73% [MNa]+ =285
60			68% [MNa]+ =298
61			69% [MNa]+ =313
62			41% [MNa]+ =301
63			51% [MNa]+ =315
64			62% [MNa]+ =315
65			n.d. [MNa]+ =314
66			98% [MH]+ =307
67			67% [MH]+ =277
68			18% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) □ = 8.80 (d, 1 H), 7.50 (d, 1 H), 5.40 (br s, 1 H), 4.50 (br d, 2 H), 1.40 (s, 9 H)
69			n.d. [MNa]+ =309
70			67% [MH]+ =292
71			74% [MH]+ =243
72			38% [M-iso- butene]+ =282
73			24% [M-iso- butene]+ =262
74			57% [MH]+ =284
75			61% [MH]+ =226
76			n.d. [MNa]+ =305
77			75% [MNa]+ =299
78			79% [MH]+ =277
79			>99% [MNa]+ =411
80			89% [MNa]+ =397

Preparative Example 81

Step A

To the title compound from the Preparative Example 55, Step A (677 mg) was added 10% aqueous NaOH (65 mL). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. (temperature of the oil bath) for 42 h, concentrated to 15 mL and diluted with 1N aqueous HCl (30 mL). The resulting mixture was acidified to pH 1 with 12N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc (5×70 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (540 mg, 89%). [MH]⁺=171.

Preparative Example 82

Step A

To a cooled (−30° C.) solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 81, Step A (540 mg) and NEt₃ (590 μL) in THF (35 mL) was added ethyl chloroformate (320 μL). The mixture was stirred at −30° C. for 1 h and then filtered. The precipitated salts were washed with THF (20 mL). The combined filtrates were cooled to −20° C. and a 33% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (10 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 20 min, then the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. The mixture was concentrated and dissolved in THF/CH₃CN (4:1, 25 mL). Pyridine (1.26 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. Then the mixture was concentrated to 5 mL, diluted with MeOH (18 mL) and 10% aqueous K₂CO₃ (9 mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, concentrated to 10 mL, acidified to pH 1 with 1N aqueous HCl and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (4×75 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂MeOH) to afford the title compound (433 mg, 90%). [MH]⁺=152.

Preparative Example 83

Step A

To a suspension of LiAlH₄ (219 mg) in THF (12 mL) was added a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 82, Step A (433 mg) in THF (35 mL) over a period of 20 min. The mixture was heated to reflux for 36 h and then cooled to 0° C. 1N aqueous NaOH (1 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight while warming to room temperature. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite®0 and the filter cake was washed with Et₂O (250 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated to afford the title compound (410 mg, 92%). [MH]⁺=156.

Preparative Example 84

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 83, Step A (390 mg) in THF (80 mL) were successively added ⁱPr₂NEt (0.66 mL) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (740 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 d, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed subsequently with H₂O (15 mL), 0.1 N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (196 mg, 30%). [MNa]⁺=278.

Step B

To a cooled (−78° C.) solution of the title compound from Step A above (85 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (4 mL) was added a solution of diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (73 μL) in CH₂Cl₂ (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 15 min and then poured on saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (40 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×40 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (30 mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (28 mg, 32%). [MNa]⁺=280.

Preparative Example 85

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 42, Step A (50 mg) in DMF (1.6 mL) were added HATU (67 mg), ⁱPr₂NEt (68 μL) and N-hydroxyacetamidine (60%, 22 mg). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed tube to 130° C. for 30 min. Additional HATU (130 mg) and N-hydroxyacetamidine (50 mg) were added and the mixture was again heated to 130° C. (microwave) for 30 min. Additional HATU (130 mg) and N-hydroxyacetamidine (59 mg) were added and the mixture was heated to 140° C. (microwave) for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (18 mg, 32%). [MNa]⁺=322.

Preparative Example 86

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 49 (150 mg) in THF (6 mL) was added methyl N-(triethylammoniosulfonyl) carbamate [“Burgess reagent”] (316 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h, diluted with EtOAc (15 mL), filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (77 mg, 55%). [MH]⁺=265.

Preparative Example 87

Step A

To a cooled (−40° C.) solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 42, Step A (60 mg) and NEt₃ (40/L) in THF (5 mL) was added ethyl chloroformate (24 μL). The mixture was stirred at −40° C. for 1 h and then filtered. The precipitated salts were washed with THF (30 mL). The combined filtrates were cooled to 0° C. and a solution of NaBH₄ (24 mg) in H₂O (430 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, then the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (5 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (22 mg, 39%). [MH]⁺=292.

Preparative Example 88

Step A

To a ice cooled solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 42, Step A (95 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) were successively added DMAP (61 mg), EDCI (96 mg) and methane sulfonamide (32 mg). The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL), washed with 1M aqueous citric acid (15 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (15 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (63 mg, 51%). [MNa]⁺=383.

Preparative Example 89

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 42, Step A (95 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 88, Step A, except using 4-methoxy-phenyl sulfonamide (64 mg) to afford the title compound (58 mg, 38%). [MH]⁺=453.

Preparative Example 90

Step A

To a solution of commercially available (4-amino-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (229 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) were successively added ⁱPrOH (100 μL) and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (154 μL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17½ h. Additional trimethylsilyl isocyanate (154 μL) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 75 h. The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH (5 mL), concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (263 mg, 99%). [MH]⁺=266.

Preparative Example 91

Step A

To a solution of commercially available (4-amino-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (229 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) were successively added ⁱPr₂NEt (349 μL) and N-succinimidyl N-methylcarbamate (355 mg). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h, diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with 0.1M aqueous NaOH (3×10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (269 mg, 96%). [MH]⁺=280.

Preparative Example 92

Step A

To a solution of commercially available (4-amino-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (222 mg) in dry pyridine (1 mL) was added N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (103 μL). The resulting dark red reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17½ h and then diluted with H₂O (10 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL). The organic phase was separated and washed with 1M aqueous NH₄Cl (2×10 mL). The aqueous phases were combined and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (284 mg, 97%). [MH]⁺=294.

Preparative Example 93

Step A

To a solution of commercially available (3-aminomethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (236 mg) in DMF (3 mL) was added dimethyl-N-cyano-dithioiminocarbonate (146 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, a 7M solution of NH₃ in MeOH (5 mL) and HgCl₂ (300 mg) were added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 2 d. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CHCl₃/MeOH) afforded the title compound as a white solid (260 mg, 85%). [MH]⁺=304.

Preparative Example 94

Step A

To a solution of commercially available (3-amino-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (97 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added N-cyano-methylthioiminocarbonate (50 mg) and HgCl₂ (120 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CHCl₃/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid (53 mg, 43%). [MH]⁺=290.

Preparative Example 95

Step A

A solution of commercially available 7-cyano-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (2.75 g), K₂CO₃ (3.60 g) and benzylchloroformate (2.7 mL) in THF/H₂O was stirred overnight and then concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (100 mL) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (7.60 g) and NiCl₂.6H₂O (400 mg) was added. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and NaBH₄ (2.60 g) was added in portions. The mixture was allowed to reach room temperature and then vigorously stirred overnight. After the addition of diethylenetriamine (2 mL) the mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (1.81 g, 26%). [MH]⁺=397.

Preparative Example 96

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 95, Step A (1.4 g) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 200 mg) in MeOH (40 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure overnight, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (960 mg, >99%.) [MH]⁺=263.

Preparative Example 97

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 96, Step A (100 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) were successively added ⁱPrOH (500 μL) and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (100 μL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 70 h, diluted with MeOH (5 mL), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (80 mg, 69%). [MNa]⁺=328.

Preparative Example 98

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 96, Step A (100 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) were successively added ⁱPr₂NEt (132 μL) and N-succinimidyl N-methylcarbamate (131 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h, diluted with EtOAc (5 mL), washed with 0.1M aqueous NaOH (3×10 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (92 mg, 76%). [MNa]⁺=342.

Preparative Example 99

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 96, Step A (100 mg) in dry pyridine (2 mL) was added N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (38 μL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 70 h, diluted with MeOH (5 mL), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a white solid (40 mg, 32%). [MNa]⁺=356.

Preparative Example 100

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 96, Step A (100 mg) and N-methylmorpholine (145 μL) in dry CH₂Cl₂/THF (5:1, 12 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (88 μL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h, diluted with CH₂Cl₂, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (96.3 mg, 74%). [MNa]⁺=363.

Preparative Example 101

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 96, Step A (84 mg) and ⁱPr₂NEt (70 mL) in dry THF (10 mL) was added trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride (50 μL) at −20° C. under an argon atmosphere. The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for 4 h, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless crystals (47 mg, 37%). [MNa]⁺=417.

Preparative Example 102

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 26 (242 mg) in MeOH/H₂O (2:1, 30 mL) was added sodium perborate tetrahydrate (470 mg). The mixture was heated to 50° C. overnight, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as colorless crystals (220 mg, 85%). [MNa]⁺=279.

Preparative Example 103

Step A

Commercially available tert-butyl-N-[(5-bromo-2-thienyl)methyl]carbamate (2.0 g), Pd(OAc)₂ (76 mg), dppp (282 mg) and NEt₃ (2.9 mL) were dissolved in dry DMSO/MeOH (3:1, 60 mL) and stirred at 80° C. under a carbon monoxide atmosphere at 7 bar over the weekend. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 1N aqueous HCl, H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. Purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as colorless crystals (1.73 g, 94%). [MNa]⁺=294.

Preparative Example 104

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of commercially available 5-ethyl-thiophene-3-carboxylic acid (3.0 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) were subsequently added oxalyl chloride (2.3 mL) and DMF (0.4 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL) and then slowly added to condensed NH₃ (˜30 mL) at ˜−40° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at ˜−30° C. for 1 h, slowly warmed to room temperature over a period of ˜10 h and then concentrated to give the title compound as a tan solid (2.0 g, 68%). [MH]⁺=156.

Step B

A vigorously stirred mixture of the title compound from Step A above (1.0 g) and Bu₄NBH₄ (4.9 g) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL) was heated at 55-62° C. for 24 h and then concentrated. The remaining oil was cooled to 0° C. and 1N aqueous HCl (15 mL) was slowly added over a period of 1 h. Then the mixture was heated to 100° C. for 1 h, cooled to room temperature, washed with Et₂O (100 mL), adjusted to pH ˜10 with concentrated aqueous KOH and extracted with Et₂O (100 mL). The organic extract was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as an oil (0.25 g, 27%). [MH]⁺=142.

Preparative Example 105

Step A

To an ice cooled mixture of commercially available 5-bromo-1-indanone (29.84 g) in MeOH (300 mL) was added NaBH₄ (2.67 g). After 10 min the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1½ h and then concentrated. The resulting oil was brought up in EtOAc (300 mL), washed with 1N aqueous NaOH (200 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give a white solid (30.11 g, >99%). [M-OH]⁺=195.

Step B

A solution of the title compound from Step A above (9.03 g) and 4-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (150 mg) in benzene (300 mL) was heated to reflux for 1 h using a Dean Starks trap. Once cooled the reaction solution was washed with H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give a clear oil (7.86 g, 95%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.60 (s, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dtd, J=5.7, 2.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dt, J=5.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (br s, 2H).

Preparative Example 106

Step A

To an ice cooled vigorously stirred mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 105, Step B (9.99 g), (S,S)-(+)-N,N′-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-salicylindene)-1,2-cyclohexane-diaminomanganese(III) chloride (390 mg) and 4-phenylpyridine N-oxide (526 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (6.2 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (425 mg) in 1.25M aqueous NaClO (53.2 mL) by an addition funnel over 2½ h. After the addition was complete, stirring at 0° C. was continued for another 3 h. Hexanes (30 mL) was added, the resulting biphasic mixture was filtered through celite® and the filter cake was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (3×20 mL). The supernatant was placed in a separatory funnel, the aqueous layer was removed and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The resulting solid was dissolved in EtOH (100 mL) and a 28% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (200 mL) was added. The solution was stirred at 110° C. for 30 min, cooled to room temperature and washed with CH₂Cl₂ (4×200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give a dark brown solid (7.50 g). [M-NH₂]⁺=211. This solid was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL) and NEt₃ (5.5 mL) and di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate (7.87 g) were added subsequently. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at room temperature, then absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give an off-white solid (6.87 g, 41%). [MNa]⁺=350.

Step B

A solution of the title compound from Step A above (6.87 g), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (1.20 g) in MeOH (100 mL), DMSO (100 mL) and NEt₃ (14 mL) was stirred at 80° C. under an atmosphere of carbon monoxide (1 atm) for 18 h. Once the mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was placed in a separatory funnel and EtOAc (200 mL) and 1N aqueous HCl (200 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (200 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with 1N aqueous HCl (200 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (200 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and absorbed on silica. Purification by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) afforded an off-white solid (1.45 g, 23%). [MNa]⁺=330.

Preparative Example 107

Step A

To an ice cooled vigorously stirred mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 105, Step B (3.92 g), (R,R)-(−)-N,N′-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-salicylindene)-1,2-cyclohexane-diaminomanganese(III) chloride (76.2 mg) and 4-phenylpyridine N-oxide (103 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (2.4 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (122 mg) in 1.25M aqueous NaClO (15.3 mL) by an addition funnel over 2½ h. After the addition was complete, stirring at 0° C. was continued for another 3 h. Hexanes (20 mL) was added, the resulting biphasic mixture was filtered through celite® and the filter cake was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (3×20 mL). The supernatant was placed in a separatory funnel, the aqueous layer was removed and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining brown solid was suspended in CH₃CN (10 mL) at −40° C., trifluoromethane sulfonic acid (1.2 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 1½ h. H₂O (20 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 5 h, while distilling off the CH₃CN. Once the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the aqueous layer was washed with CH₂Cl₂ (2×50 mL). The organic layers were discarded and the aqueous layer was basified with 3N aqueous NaOH and washed with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The EtOAc phases were combined, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. [M-NH₂]⁺=211. The remaining solid residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL) and NEt₃ (515 μL) and di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate (707 g) were added subsequently. The resulting solution was stirred for 6 h at room temperature, then absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give an off-white solid (774 mg, 12%). [MNa]⁺=350.

Step B

A solution of the title compound from Step A above (774 mg), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (136 mg) in MeOH (10 mL), DMSO (10 mL) and NEt₃ (1.6 mL) was stirred at 80° C. under an atmosphere of carbon monoxide (1 atm) for 18 h. Once the mixture was cooled to room temperature, it was placed in a separatory funnel and EtOAc (30 mL) and 1N aqueous HCl (30 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with 1N aqueous HCl (30 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (30 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (30 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and absorbed on silica. Purification by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) afforded an off-white solid (333 mg, 46%). [MNa]⁺=330.

Preparative Example 108

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 107, Step A above (406 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 107, Step B, except using EtOH (10 mL) as the solvent to afford the title compound (353 mg, 89%). [MNa]⁺=344.

Preparative Example 109

Step A

To a solution of commercially available trans-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (262 mg) in dry THF (5 mL) was added 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (243 mg). The resulting clear colorless solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then hydrazine monohydrate (219 μL) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 17 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH). The isolated white solid was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with 0.01 M aqueous HCl (2×50 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (50 mL). The combined HCl layers were saturated with NaCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (264 mg, 97%). [MNa]⁺=294.

Preparative Example 110

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 109, Step A (136 mg) in dry MeOH (12.5 mL) were successively added trifluoroacetic anhydride (104 μL) and ⁱPr₂NEt (130 μL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 23 h, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (66 mg, 43%). [MNa]⁺=390.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (66 mg) in dry THF (3.6 mL) was added methyl N-(triethylammoniosulfonyl) carbamate [“Burgess reagent”] (88 mg). The resulting reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube to 150° C. (microwave) for 15 min, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (52 mg, 83%). [MNa]⁺=372.

Preparative Example 111

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 109, Step A (54.3 mg) in trimethyl orthoformate (2 mL) was added dry MeOH (200 μL). The resulting clear solution was heated in a sealed tube to 150° C. (microwave) for 24 h, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (45.6 mg, 81%). [MNa]⁺=304.

Preparative Example 112

Step A

To a solution of commercially available trans-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (262 mg) and N-hydroxyacetamidine (19 mg) in DMF/CH₂Cl₂ (9:1, 2 mL) were added N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (33 mg) and HOBt (36 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed subsequently with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, 0.5N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (255 mg, 80%). [MH]⁺=314.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (55 mg) in EtOH (3 mL) was added a solution of NaOAc (12 mg) in H₂O (270 μL). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed vial at 120° C. for 50 min. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (24 mg, 46%). [MH]⁺=296.

Preparative Example 113

Step A

To a solution of commercially available trans-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (520 mg) and acetic acid hydrazide (178 mg) in DMF (10 mL) were added N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (303 mg) and HOBt (326 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (400 mg, 64%). [MH]⁺=314.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (216 mg) in dry THF (10 mL) was added methyl N-(triethylammoniosulfonyl) carbamate [“Burgess reagent”] (300 mg). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed vial at 150° C. for 15 ml. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (143 mg, 70%). [MH]⁺=296.

Preparative Example 114

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 44, Step A (552 mg) in dry THF (11 mL) was added methyl N-(triethylammoniosulfonyl) carbamate [“Burgess reagent”] (375 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (160 mg, 31%). [MH]⁺=239.

Step B

To a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride in dry MeOH (1 mL) were successively added a 30 wt % solution of NaOMe in MeOH (250 μL) and a solution of the title compound from Step A above (160 mg) in dry MeOH (3 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h and then concentrated to afford the crude title compound, which was used without further purification (170 mg, 93%). [MH]⁺=272.

Step C

To a solution of the title compound from Step B above (170 mg) in toluene (5 mL) were successively added ⁱPr₂NEt (132 μL) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (280 μL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (46 mg, 20%). [MH]⁺=350.

Preparative Example 115

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 44, Step A (266 mg) in THF (5 mL) was added 2,4-bis-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane 2,4-disulfide [“Lawesson reagent”] (311 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid (190 mg, 67%). [MH]⁺=273.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (190 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (6 μL) and 2-bromo-1,1-diethoxy-ethane (323 μL). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed vial at 100° C. for 25 min. The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (50 mg, 24%). [MH]⁺=297.

Preparative Example 116

Step A

To a solution of commercially available N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) alanine (227 mg) in DMF (3 mL) were successively added ethyl 2-oximinooxamate (158 mg) and HATU (684 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (163 mg, 45%). [MH]⁺=304.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (163 mg) in EtOH (15 mL) was added a solution of NaOAc (78 mg) in H₂O (1 mL). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed vial at 120° C. for 50 min. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (46 mg, 30%). [MH]⁺=286.

Preparative Example 117

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethoxy-benzonitrile (263 mg) and Bu₄NBH₄ in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with 1M aqueous NaOH, extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound. [MH]⁺=226.

Preparative Example 118

Step A

Commercially available 4-chloro-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzonitrile (227 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 117, Step A to afford the title compound. [MH]⁺=226.

Preparative Example 119

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 3-cyanobenzaldehyde (263 mg), KCN (130 mg) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (769 mg) in EtOH/H₂O (1:1, 12 mL) was heated to 55° C. overnight, cooled, filtered and concentrated. The remaining aqueous mixture was extracted with Et₂O (3×10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give the title compound as a colorless solid (347 mg, 86%). [MH]⁺=202.

Preparative Examples 120-121

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 119, except using the nitrites indicated in Table I-5 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-5
Prep. Ex. #	protected amine	product	yield
120			90% [MH]+ = 202
121			n.d. [MH]+ = 216

Preparative Example 122

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 3-cyanobenzaldehyde (262 mg), hydantoin (220 mg) and KOAc (380 mg) in AcOH (2 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h and then poured on ice (20 g). The colorless precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with ice water and dried to give the title compound as a yellow solid. [MH]⁺=216.

Preparative Example 123

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 119, Step A above (347 mg), 50% aqueous AcOH (2 mL) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 200 mg) in EtOH was hydrogenated at 50 psi overnight, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as colorless solid (458 mg, >99%). [M-OAc]⁺=206.

Preparative Examples 124-126

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 123, except using the nitrites indicated in Table I-6 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-6
			yield
Prep. Ex. #	protected amine	product	MS
124			50% (over 2 steps) [M-OAc]+ = 220
125			n.d. [M-OAc]+ = 220
126			76% [M-OAc]+ = 206

Preparative Example 127

Step A

To the solution of commercially available 2-N-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)acetaldehyde (250 mg) in MeOHMH₂O (1:1, 10 mL) were added KCN (130 mg) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (650 mg). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. overnight, then cooled to room temperature, acidified (pH 2) with 3N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give a white solid (75 mg, 21%). [MH]⁺=230.

Preparative Example 128

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 7, Step B (100 mg), N-methyl-N-methoxyamine hydrochloride (42.2 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL) and DMF (1 mL) were added EDCI (84.3 mg), HOBt (58 mg) and NaHCO₃ (121 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, washed with saturated aqueous Na₂CO₃ (5 mL) and 1N aqueous HCl (5 mL) and concentrated to give the desired product, which was used without further purification (97 mg, 84%). [MH]⁺=321.

Step B

To the title compound from Step A above (256 mg) in anhydrous Et₂O (10 mL) was added a 1M solution of LiAlH₄ in Et₂O (4 mL). The mixture was stirred for 20 mm and then cooled to 0° C. 1M aqueous NaOH (5 mL) was added dropwise, followed by the addition of Et₂O (10 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with Et₂O (2×5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (5 mL), dried (MgSO₄), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give a white solid (178 mg, 85%). [MH]⁺=262.

Step C

To the title compound from Step B above (178 mg) in MeOH/H₂O (1:1, 10 mL) were added KCN (67 mg) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (262 mg). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. overnight, then cooled to room temperature, acidified (pH 2) with 3N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give a white solid (170 mg, 73%). [MH]⁺=346.

Preparative Example 129

Step A

To the solution of commercially available 4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (515 mg), N-methyl-N-methoxyamine hydrochloride (390 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) were added PyBOP (1.04 g) and NEt₃ (0.84 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, washed with saturated aqueous Na₂CO₃ (5 mL) and 1N aqueous HCl (5 mL), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give a white solid (544 mg, 91%). [MH]⁺=323.

Step B

To the title compound from Step A above (544 mg) in anhydrous Et₂O (10 mL) was added a 1M solution of LiAlH₄ in Et₂O (1.8 mL). The mixture was stirred for 20 min and then cooled to 0° C. 1M aqueous NaOH (5 mL) was added dropwise, followed by the addition of Et₂O (10 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with Et₂O (2×5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (5 mL), dried (MgSO₄), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give a white solid (440 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=242.

Step C

To the title compound from Step B above (440 mg) in MeOH/H₂O (1:1, 12 mL) was added were added KCN (178 mg) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (670 mg). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. overnight, then cooled to room temperature, acidified (pH 2) with 3N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give a white solid (454 mg, 81%). [MH]⁺=312.

Preparative Example 130

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 4-N-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyclohexanone (0.26 g) in EtOH/H₂O (1:1, 20 mL) were added NaCN (0.10 g) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (0.56 g). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux overnight, partially concentrated, diluted with H₂O and filtered to give a white solid (0.19 g, 56%). [MNa]⁺=320.

Preparative Example 131

Step A

To a solution of 3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (1.3 mL) in EtOH (40 mL) was added commercially available (3-aminomethyl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.39 g). The mixture was stirred for 2 h, a 28% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (40 mL) was added and stirring was continued for 2 h. Then the mixture was concentrated and slurried in MeOH (20 mL). The formed precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound (1.6 g, 82%). [MNa]⁺=354.

Preparative Example 132

Step A

To a solution of commercially available (3-amino-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.11 g) in EtOH (20 mL) was added 3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (1.30 g). The mixture was heated to reflux for 2½ h, cooled to room temperature filtered and concentrated. The remaining solid residue was crystallized from refluxing EtOH to afford the title compound (687 mg, 40%). [MNa]⁺=369.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (346 mg) was dissolved in a ˜7N solution of NH₃ in MeOH (14.3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and then concentrated to afford the title compound (316 mg, >99%). [MNa]⁺=340.

Preparative Example 133

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 110, Step B (52 mg) in EtOAc (600 μL) was added a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (600 μL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1½ h and concentrated to afford the title compound (43 mg, 99%). [M-Cl]⁺=250.

Preparative Examples 134-207

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 133, except using the protected amines indicated in Table I-7 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-7
Prep.
Ex. #	protected amine	product	yield
134			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =156
135			>99% [M-Cl]+ =159
136			99% [M-Cl]+ =218
137			>99% [M-Cl]+ =232
138			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =215
139			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =201
140			>99% [M-Cl]+ =198
141			99% [M-Cl]+ =207
142			64% [M-Cl]+ =177
143			>99% [M-Cl]+ =178
144			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =195/197
145			67% (over 2 steps) [M-Cl]+ =187
146			>99% [M-Cl]+ =192
147			n.d. [M- NH3Cl]+ =210/212
148			81% [M-Cl]+ =222
149			77% [M- NH3Cl]+ =253
150			>99% [M-Cl]+ =143
151			>99% [M-Cl]+ =238
152			>99% [M-Cl]+ =191
153			>99% [M-Cl]+ =205
154			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =188
155			>99% [M-Cl]+ =163
156			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =159
157			>99% [M-Cl]+ =241
158			>99% [M-Cl]+ =295
159			>99% [M-Cl]+ =242
160			>99% [M-Cl]+ =191
161			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =162
162			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =176
163			>99% [M-Cl]+ =193
164			96% [M-Cl]+ =139
165			>99% [M-Cl]+ =157
166			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =155
167			>99% [M-Cl]+ =192
168			95% [M-Cl]+ =196
169			>99% [M-Cl]+ =182
170			99% [M-Cl]+ =157
171			99% [M-Cl]+ =171
172			98% [M-Cl]+ =185
173			93% [M-Cl]+ =130
174			>99% [M-Cl]+ =246
175			>99% [M-Cl]+ =212
176			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =191
177			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =191
178			>99% [M-Cl]+ =198
179			>99% [M-Cl]+ =197
180			>99% [M-Cl]+ =211
181			>99% [M-Cl]+ =253
182			>99% [M-Cl]+ =223
183			>99% [M-Cl]+ =183
184			>99% [M-Cl]+ =165
185			>99% [M-Cl]+ =170
186			>99% [M-Cl]+ =261
187			>99% [M-Cl]+ =353
188			>99% [M-Cl]+ =184
189			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =196
190			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =250
191			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =197
192			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =139
193			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =286
194			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =286
195			>99% [M- HCl2]+ =204
196			94% [M- HCl2]+ =190
197			99% [M-Cl]+ =206
198			99% [M-Cl]+ =220
199			99% [M-Cl]+ =134
200			99% [M-Cl]+ =205
201			92% [M- HCl2]+ =177
202			>99% [M- HCl2]+ =177
203			99% [M-Cl]+ =166
204			99% [M-Cl]+ =180
205			99% [M-Cl]+ =194
206			98% [M-Cl]+ =232
207			>99% [M- NH3Cl]+ =218

Preparative Example 208

Step A

To a ice cooled solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 73 (89 mg) in CHCl₃ (3 mL) was added a solution of trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) in CHCl₃ (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5 min, then the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1½ h. The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in CH₃CN (5 mL), again concentrated and dried in vacuo to afford the title compound (93 mg, >99%). [M-TFA]⁺=218/220.

Preparative Examples 209-210

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 208, except using the protected amines indicated in Table I-8 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-8
Prep. Ex. #	protected amine	product	yield
209			>99% [M-TFA]+ = 158
210			93% [M-(NH2•TFA)]+ = 160

Preparative Example 211

Step A

Commercially available 3-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (500 mg) was dissolved in a 33% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (50 mL) and heated in a sealed pressure tube to 90° C. for 20 h. Cooling to room temperature and concentration afforded the title compound (469 mg, >99%). [M-Cl]⁺=151.

Preparative Example 212

Step A

Commercially available 3-aminomethyl—benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (100 mg) was dissolved in a 40% solution of MeNH₂ in H₂O (20 mL) and heated in a sealed pressure tube to 90° C. for 20 h. Cooling to room temperature and concentration afforded the title compound (107 mg, >99%). [M-Cl]⁺=165.

Preparative Example 213

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 2-hydroxy-5-methylaniline (5.2 g) and N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole (6.85 g) in dry THF (60 mL) was heated to reflux for 6 h, cooled to room temperature, poured on ice and adjusted to pH 4 with 6N aqueous HCl. The formed precipitate was isolated by filtration, dried and recrystallized from toluene to afford the title compound as a grey solid (4.09 g, 65%).

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (1.5 g), K₂CO₃ (1.7 g) and methyl iodide (6 mL) were dissolved in dry DMF (15 mL). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 h, concentrated and acidified to pH 4 with 1N HCl. The precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (1.48 g, 90%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.05 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H).

Step C

The title compound from Step B above (1.1 g), N-bromosuccinimide (1.45 g) and α,α′-azoisobutyronitrile (150 mg) were suspended in CCl₄ (50 mL), degassed with argon and heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture was cooled, filtered, concentrated and dissolved in dry DMF (20 mL). Then NaN₃ (1 g) was added and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 3 h, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless needles (963 mg, 70%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.07 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H).

Step D

A mixture of he title compound from Step C above (963 mg) and PPh₃ (1.36 g) in THF (30 mL) were stirred for 14 h, then H₂O was added and stirring was continued for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and coevaporated twice with toluene. The remaining residue was diluted with dry dioxane and a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.5 mL) was added. The formed precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (529 mg, 52%). [M-Cl]⁺=179.

Preparative Example 214

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 95, Step A (1.81 g) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 200 mg) in EtOH (50 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure overnight, filtered and concentrated to a volume of ˜20 mL. 3,4-Diethoxy-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (0.68 mL) and NEt₃ (0.5 mL) were added and the mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded a slowly crystallizing colorless oil. This oil was dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and a 28% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (100 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 h, concentrated, slurried in H₂O, filtered and dried under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dissolved in a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), stirred for 14 h, concentrated, suspended in Et₂O, filtered and dried to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (1.08 g, 92%). [M-Cl]⁺=258.

Preparative Examples 215-216

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 214, except using the intermediates indicated in Table I-9 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-9
Ex. #	intermediate	product	yield
215			n.d. [M-Cl]+ =250
216			67% [M-NH3Cl]+ =236

Preparative Example 217

Step A

Commercially available 5-acetyl-thiophene-2-carbonitrile (2.5 g) was stirred with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.6 g) and NaOAc (0.6 g) in dry MeOH (30 mL) for 1½ h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl dried (MgSO₄), filtered and absorbed on silica. Purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (844 mg, 31%). [MH]⁺=167.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (844 mg) in AcOH (30 mL) was added zinc dust (1.7 g). The mixture was stirred for 5 h, filtered, concentrated, diluted with CHCl₃, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄) and filtered. Treatment with a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and concentration afforded the title compound as an off-white solid (617 mg, 64%). [M-NH₃Cl]⁺=136.

Preparative Example 218

Step A

A suspension of commercially available 2,5-dibromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.0 g), Na₂SO₃ (0.46 g) and NaOH (0.27 g) in H₂O (10 mL) was heated to 70° C. for 5 h. To the cooled solution was added methyl iodide (4 mL) and MeOH. The biphasic system was stirred vigorously at 50° C. overnight, concentrated and suspended in H₂O. Filtration afforded the title compound as colorless needles (933 mg, 99%). [MH]⁺=313/315/317.

Step B

Under an argon atmosphere in a sealed tube was heated a mixture of the title compound from Step A above (8.36 g) and CuCN (7.7 g) in degassed N-methylpyrrolidone (30 mL) to 160° C. overnight. Concentration, absorbtion on silica and purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as beige crystals (1.08 g, 20%).

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (980 mg) and 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.72 mL) in degassed DMSO was heated to 50° C. for 45 min under an argon atmosphere. The solution was diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a bright yellow solid (694 mg, 71%).

¹H-NMR (CD₃CN) □=8.00-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 5.75 (br s, 2H), 5.70 (s, 1H).

Step D

A mixture of the title compound from Step C above (892 mg) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 140 mg) in DMF (10 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 2 h and then filtered. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (440 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated. Purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded a colorless solid, which was stirred in a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) overnight and then concentrated to give the title compound as colorless crystals (69 mg, 8%). [M-Cl]⁺=209.

Preparative Example 219

Step A

A solution of commercially available 4-bromobenzoic acid (24 g) in chlorosulfonic acid (50 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then heated to 150° C. for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured on ice (600 mL). The formed precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with H₂O. To the obtained solid material were added H₂O (300 mL), Na₂SO₃ (20 g) and NaOH (17 g) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 5 h. Then the mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with MeOH (250 mL). Iodomethane (100 mL) was slowly added and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. Concentration, acidification, cooling and filtration afforded the title compound as a white powder (28.0 g, 84%). [MH]⁺=279/281.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (5.0 g) in dry MeOH (120 mL) was slowly added SOCl₂ (4 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h, concentrated and diluted with NMP (20 mL). CuCN (1.78 g) was added and the resulting mixture was heated in a sealed tube under an argon atmosphere to 160° C. overnight. The mixture was concentrated, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless needles (976 mg, 23%). [MH]⁺=240.

Step C

To a solution of the title compound from Step B above (1.89 g) in MeOH (40 mL) and was added NaOMe (1.3 g). The mixture was heated to reflux for 90 min, cooled to room temperature, diluted with concentrated HCl (2 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) and heated again to reflux for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as colorless crystals (682 mg, 36%). [MH]⁺=241.

Step D

A solution the title compound from Step C above (286 mg), NaOAc (490 mg) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (490 mg) in dry MeOH (20 mL) was heated to reflux for 2½ h. The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl and concentrated to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (302 mg, 99%). ¹H-NMR (DMSO): □=12.62 (s, 1H), 8.25-8.28 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H).

Step E

The title compound from Step D above (170 mg) was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and heated to 60° C. Then zinc dust (500 mg) and 6N aqueous HCl (5 mL) were added in portions over a period of 30 min. The mixture was cooled, filtered, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed subsequently with a saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (128 mg, 80%). [MH]⁺=242.

Preparative Example 220

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 2-[(3-chloro-2-methylphenyl)thio]acetic acid (2.1 g) in DMF (3 drops) was added dropwise oxalyl chloride (5 mL). After 1.5 h the mixture was concentrated, redissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (20 mL) and cooled to −10° C. AlCl₃ (1.6 g) was added and the cooling bath was removed. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, poured on ice and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ to afford the crude title compound as a brown solid (2.01 g). [MH]⁺=199.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (1.01 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL) was added mCPBA (70-75%, 1.14 g) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, diluted with CH₂Cl₂, washed subsequently with 1N aqueous HCl, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. Purification by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (668 mg). [MH]⁺=231.

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (430 mg), NaOAc (800 mg) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (800 mg) in dry MeOH (20 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl and concentrated to afford the title compound as colorless crystals (426 mg, 93%). [MH]⁺=246.

Step D

The title compound from Step C above (426 mg) was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and heated to 60° C. Then zinc dust (1.3 g) and 6N aqueous HCl (20 mL) were added in portions over a period of 30 min. The mixture was cooled, filtered, concentrated, diluted with CHCl₃, washed subsequently with a saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (313 mg, 78%). [MH]⁺=232.

Preparative Example 221

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-4-carbonitrile (0.5 g), AcOH (1 mL) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 200 mg) in THF (20 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure overnight, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound as a brown solid. [M-OAc]⁺=141.

Preparative Example 222

Step A

Commercially available 5-fluoroindanone (1.0 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 220, Step C to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (1.3 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=166.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (1.35 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 217, Step B to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (36.5 mg). [M-NH₃Cl]⁺=135.

Preparative Example 223

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of commercially available cis-4-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (330 mg) in CH₂Cl₂/pyridine (3:1, 4 mL) was added 4-toluenesulfonic acid chloride (0.49 g). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, cooled to 0° C., quenched with 2N aqueous HCl (35 mL) and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×40 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (643 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=327.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (643 mg) and NaN₃ (636 mg) in DMA (5 mL) was stirred at 70° C. overnight. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with EtOAc (25 mL), H₂O (5 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (5 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (299 mg, 77%). [MNa]⁺=220.

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (299 mg) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 50 mg) in MeOH (10 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 4 h, filtered and concentrated. The remaining residue was taken up in MeOH (7 mL), treated with 1N HCl in Et₂O (6 mL) and concentrated to afford the crude title compound (248 mg, 95%). [MH]⁺=172.

Preparative Example 224

Step A

Commercially available cis-3-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (330 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 223, Step A to afford the title compound (606 mg, 97%). [MH]⁺=327.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (606 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 223, Step B to afford the title compound (318 mg, 87%). [MNa]⁺=220.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above (318 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 223, Step C to afford the crude title compound (345 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=172.

Preparative Example 225

Step A

To a suspension of commercially available (3-cyano-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (50 mg) in CHCl₃ (2 mL) were successively added triethylsilane (0.5 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then concentrated to afford the crude title compound. [M-TFA]⁺=134.

Preparative Example 226

Step A

To a stirred solution of KOH (1.2 g) in EtOH (10 mL) was added commercially available bis(tert-butyldicarbonyl) amine (4.5 g). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then diluted with Et₂O. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with Et₂O (3×10 mL) to afford the title compound (3.4 g, 64%).

Preparative Example 227

Step A

To a stirred solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 226, Step A (160 mg) in DMF (2 mL) was added a solution of commercially available 5-bromomethyl-benzo[1,2,5]thiadiazole (115 mg) in DMF (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 h, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound (180 mg, 71%). [MH]⁺=366.

Step B

A solution of the title compound from Step A above (180 mg) in trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h at room temperature and then concentrated to afford the title compound (140 mg, >99%). [M-TFA]⁺=166.

Preparative Example 228

Step A

Commercially available 5-bromomethyl-benzo[1,2,5]oxadiazole was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 227 to afford the title compound. [M-TFA]⁺=150.

Preparative Example 229

Step A

Commercially available (S)-(−)-1-(4-bromophenyl)ethylamine (2.0 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 3, Step D to afford the title compound as a white solid (2.5 g, 92%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=7.43 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 4.72 (br s, 2H), 1.35 (br s, 12H).

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (4.0 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 3, Step E to afford the title compound (2.0 g, 60%). [MH]⁺=247.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above (2.0 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 2, Step A to afford the title compound (1.8 g, >99%). [M-Cl]⁺=166.

Step D

The title compound from Step C above (1.0 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 2, Step B to afford the title compound (310 mg, 35%). [MH]⁺=180.

Preparative Example 230

Step A

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 229, except using commercially available (R)-(+)-1-(4-bromophenyl)ethylamine instead of (S)-(−)-1-(4-bromophenyl)ethylamine, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Example 231

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 4-bromo-2-methyl-benzoic acid (1.5 g) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added tert-butyl 2,2,2-trichloroacetimidate (3.0 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h, cooled to room temperature, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂) to give the desired title compound (1.0 g, 52%). [MH]⁺=271.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (1.0 g), Zn(CN)₂ (1.0 g) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (1.0 g) in anhydrous DMF (15 mL) was heated at 110° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 18 h, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexane/CH₂Cl₂) to give the desired title compound (0.6 g, 75%). [MH]⁺=218.

Step C

To a solution of the title compound from Step B above (0.55 g), in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL) was added Bu₄NBH₄ (1.30 g). The mixture was heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 h and then cooled to room temperature. 1N aqueous NaOH (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 20 min before it was concentrated. The remaining residue was then taken up in Et₂O (150 mL), washed with 1N aqueous NaOH (25 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (0.50 g, 89%). [MH]⁺=222.

Preparative Example 232

Step A

A solution of commercially available (R)-amino-thiophen-3-yl-acetic acid (0.50 g), 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyloxyimino)-2-phenylacetonitrile (0.86 g) and NEt₃ (0.65 mL) in 1,4-dioxane/H₂O (3:2, 7 mL) was stirred for 24 h, concentrated to ⅓ volume and diluted with H₂O (100 mL). The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with Et₂O (100 mL), acidified with 1N aqueous HCl and extracted with Et₂O (2×80 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the desired title compound (0.7 g, 86%). [MH]⁺=258.

Step B

To a stirred mixture of the title compound from Step A above (0.43 g) and (NH₄)₂CO₃ (0.48 g) in 1,4-dioxane/DMF (6:1, 3.5 mL) were added pyridine (0.4 mL) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.50 g). The mixture was stirred for 48 h, diluted with EtOAc (40 mL), washed with 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give the desired title compound, which was not further purified (0.35 g, 86%). [MH]⁺=257.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above (0.35 g) was taken up in a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight and concentrated to give the title compound (0.15 g, n.d.). [MH]⁺=157.

Preparative Examples 233-235

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 232, except using the amino acids indicated in Table I-10 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-10
Prep. Ex. #	amino acid	product	yield
233			n.d. [M-Cl]+ = 194
234			n.d. [M-Cl]+ = 157
235			n.d. [M-Cl]+ = 113

Preparative Example 236

Step A

Commercially available (R)-2-amino-4,4-dimethyl-pentanoic acid (250 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 232, Step A to afford the title compound (370 mg, 87%). [MNa]⁺=268.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (370 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 232, Step B to afford the title compound. [MNa]⁺=267.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 208, Step A to afford the title compound (30 mg, 14% over 2 steps). [M-TFA]⁺=145.

Preparative Example 237

Step A

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 232, Step A and Step B, except using commercially available (R)-amino-(4-bromo-phenyl)-acetic acid instead of (R)-amino-thiophen-3-yl-acetic acid in Step A, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Example 238

Step A

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 229, Step B to Step D, except using the title compound from the Preparative Example 237, Step A instead of (R)-amino-thiophen-3-yl-acetic acid, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Example 239

Step A

To a solution of commercially available 1H-pyrazol-5-amine (86.4 g) in MeOH (1.80 L) was added commercially available methyl acetopyruvate (50.0 g). The mixture was heated to reflux for 5 h and then cooled to room temperature overnight. The precipitated yellow needles were collected by filtration and the supernatant was concentrated at 40° C. under reduced pressure to ˜⅔ volume until more precipitate began to form. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the precipitate was collected by filtration. This concentration/precipitation/filtration procedure was repeated to give 3 batches. This material was combined and recrystallized from MeOH to give the major isomer of the title compound (81.7 g, 72%). [MH]⁺=192.

The remaining supernatants were combined, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the minor isomer of title compound (6.8 g, 6%). [MH]⁺=192.

Preparative Example 240

Step A

To a solution of the major isomer of the title compound from the Preparative Example 239, Step A (2.0 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) were added acetyl chloride (3.0 mL) and SnCl₄ (10.9 g). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux overnight, cooled and quenched with H₂O (10 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×). The combined organic phases were concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (1.2 g, 49%). [MH]⁺=234.

Step B

Trifluoroacetic anhydride (4.6 mL) was added dropwise to an ice cooled suspension of urea hydrogen peroxide (5.8 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min, then a solution of the title compound from Step A above (1.8 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. NaHSO₃ (1.0 g) was added and the resulting mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (40 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic phases were concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (500 mg, 26%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) □=8.40 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 2.84 (d, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Preparative Example 241

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 5-amino-3-methylpyrazole (1.44 g) and methyl acetopyruvate (0.97 g) in MeOH (20 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h and then cooled to 0° C. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration to give the desired ester (1.78 g, 87%). [MH]⁺=206.

Preparative Example 242

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 5-aminopyrazolone (5 g) and POCl₃ (50 mL) was heated to 210° C. for 5 h, concentrated and quenched with MeOH (10 mL) at 0° C. Purification by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) afforded the desired product (293 mg, 5%). [MH]⁺=118.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (117 mg) and methyl acetopyruvate (144 mg) in MeOH (5 mL) was heated to reflux for 2 h and then cooled to 0° C. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration to give the desired ester (200 mg, 89%). [MH]⁺=226.

Preparative Example 243

Step A

Under a nitrogen atmosphere at 0° C. was slowly added 1,4-dioxane (350 mL) to NaH (60% in mineral oil, 9.6 g) followed by the slow addition of CH₃CN (12.6 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature before ethyl trifluoroacetate (23.8 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, heated at 100° C. for 5 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The remaining solid was taken up in H₂O (400 mL), washed with Et₂O (300 mL), adjusted to pH ˜2 with concentrated HCl and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (300 mL). The CH₂Cl₂ extract was dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give a brown liquid, which was not further purified (12.5 g, 74%). [M-H]⁻=136.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (12.5 g) and hydrazine monohydrate (6.0 g) in absolute EtOH (300 mL) was heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 8 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The remaining oil was taken up in CH₂Cl₂ (150 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.25 g, 2%). [MH]⁺=152.

Step C

Using a microwave, a mixture of the title compound from Step B above (150 mg) and commercially available methyl acetopyruvate (150 mg) in MeOH (1 mL) in a sealed vial was heated at 120° C. for 12 min, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂) to give the title compound (0.15 g, 58%). [MH]⁺=260.

Preparative Example 244

Step A

To a suspension of selenium dioxide (9 g) in 1,4-dioxane (35 mL) was added commercially available 5,7-dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine (3 g). The mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered through a plug of celite® and concentrated. The remaining solid residue was taken up in MeOH (50 mL), oxone (7 g) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL), filtered through a plug of celite® and concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in a saturated solution of HCl in MeOH (150 mL), heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h, filtered through a medium porosity fritted glass funnel, concentrated and partially purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give the title compound, which was not further purified (0.2 g, 4%). [MH]⁺=238.

Preparative Example 245

Step A

A solution of methylpyruvate (13.6 mL) in ^tBuOMe (100 mL) was added dropwise to a cooled (−10° C.) solution of pyrrolidine (12.6 mL) in ^tBuOMe (100 mL) over a period of 30 min. The mixture was stirred at −10° C. for 15 min, then trimethylborate (8.0 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 2 min and stirring at −10° C. was continued for 2 h. NEt₃ (55 mL) was added, followed by the dropwise addition of a solution of methyl oxalylchloride (24.6 mL) in ^tBuOMe (100 mL) over a period of 30 min. The resulting thick slurry was stirred for 30 min and then diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (250 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (2×100 mL). The combined organic phases were concentrated to give an oil, which was triturated with ^tBuOMe to afford the title compound as a yellowish solid (15.75 g, 45%). [MH]⁺=242.

Step B

To mixture of the title compound from Step A above (6 g) and commercially available 2-aminopyrazole (2.1 g) in MeOH (10 mL) was added 3N aqueous HCl (3 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux overnight and cooled. The precipitated title compound was collected by filtration. The supernatant was concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc) to afford additional solid material, which was combined with the collected precipitate to give title compound (3.7 g, 60%). [MH]⁺=250.

Preparative Example 246

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 5-amino-1H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-carboxylic acid (20.3 g) and methyl acetopyruvate (20.0 g) in glacial AcOH (250 mL) was heated to 95° C. for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (200 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (500 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to give a pale orange mixture of regioisomers (80:20, 21.3 g, 80%). Recrystallization of the crude material from hot THF (110 mL) afforded the major isomer of the title compound (13.0 g, 49%). [MH]⁺=193. The supernatant was concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to afford the minor isomer of title compound. [MH]⁺=193.

Preparative Examples 247-248

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 246, except using the amines indicated in Table I-11 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-11
Prep. Ex. #	amine	product	yield
247			96% [MH]+ = 208
248			92% [MH]+ = 236

Preparative Example 249

Step A

To a solution of the minor isomer of the title compound from the Preparative Example 239, Step A (500 mg) in CH₃CN (10 mL) were added AcOH (2 mL) and 1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate) [selectfluor®] (551 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 7 h, cooled to room temperature, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (149 mg, 27%). [MH]⁺=210.

Preparative Example 250

Step A

To a suspension of the major isomer of the title compound from the Preparative Example 239, Step A (10.0 g) in H₂O (1.0 L) was added 1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate) [selectfluor®] (18.6 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 18 h, cooled to room temperature and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×350 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound (4.25 g, 39%). [MH]⁺=210.

Preparative Example 251

Step A

To a stirred solution of Bu₄N(NO₃) (1.39 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (579 μL). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0° C. and added to an ice cooled solution of the major isomer of the title compound from the Preparative Example 239, Step A (796 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL). The mixture was allowed to reach room temperature overnight, diluted with CHCl₃, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (200 mg, 20%). [MH]⁺=237.

Preparative Example 252

Step A

To a suspension of the minor isomer of the title compound from the Preparative Example 239, Step A (500 mg) in CHCl₃ (10 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (465 mg). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled to room temperature, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (599 mg, 85%). [MH]⁺=270/272.

Preparative Example 253

Step A

A mixture of the minor isomer of title compound from the Preparative Example 239, Step A (100 mg) and N-chlorosuccinimide (77 mg) in CCl₄ (5 mL) was heated to reflux for 24 h, cooled, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (98 mg, 83%). [MH]⁺=226.

Preparative Example 254

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (2.0 g) and 2-fluoro-3-oxo-butyric acid methyl ester (4.4 g) in MeOH (15 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 16 h and then cooled to room temperature. The formed precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried to afford the title compound (4.2 g, 84%). [MH]⁺=168.

Step B

To a mixture of the title compound from Step A above (1.67 g) in CH₃CN (150 mL) were added K₂CO₃ (4.15 g) and POBr₃ (8.58 g). The mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h, concentrated, diluted with CHCl₃, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (690 mg, 30%). [MH]⁺=230/232.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above (28 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 103, Step A to afford the title compound (295 mg, 70%). [MH]⁺=210.

Preparative Example 255

Step A

A mixture of the major isomer of title compound from the Preparative Example 246, Step A (1.34 g) and selenium dioxide (1.78 g) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated to 120° C. under closed atmosphere for 12 h, cooled and filtered through celite®. To the filtrate were added oxone (1.70 g) and H₂O (400 μL) and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) afforded the title compound (1 g, 64%). [MH]⁺=223.

Preparative Examples 256-270

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 255, except using the intermediates indicated in Table I-12 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-12
Prep. Ex. #	intermediate	product	yield
256			69% [MH]+ = 223
257			70% [MH]+ = 238
258			77% [MH]+ = 266
259			34% [MH]+ = 222
260			24% [MH]+ = 222
261			60% [MH]+ = 240
262			71% [MH]+ = 240
263			87% [MH]+ = 280
264			46% [MH]+ = 267
265			n.d. [MH]+ = 300/302
266			80% [MH]+ = 256
267			55% [MH]+ = 236
268			82% [MH]+ = 256
269			68% [MH]+ = 290
270			80% [MH]+ = 240

Preparative Example 271

Step A

A suspension of commercially available methyl acetopyruvate (3.60 g) in H₂O (10 mL) was heated to 40° C., then a mixture of commercially available 1H-tetrazol-5-amine (2.10 g) and concentrated HCl (2 mL) in H₂O (4 mL) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h, before it was cooled to 0° C. The formed precipitate was filtered off, washed wit H₂O, dried in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound as a mixture of regioisomers (˜91:9, 2.15 g, 45%). [MH]⁺=194.

Step B

To a mixture of selenium dioxide (780 mg) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added dropwise a 5.5M solution of tert-butyl hydroperoxide in hexanes (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, then the title compound from Step A above (600 mg) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux for 24 h. The mixture was filtered through a plug of celite®, concentrated, diluted with H₂O (10 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound, which was used without further purification. [MH]⁺=224.

Preparative Example 272

Step A

Commercially available 1H-tetrazol-5-amine (2.15 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 271, Step A, except using ethyl acetopyruvate (4.00 g) to afford the title compound as a pale orange mixture of regioisomers (˜75:25, 4.20 g, 80%). [MH]⁺=208.

Step B

The title compound from Step B above (4.00 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 271, Step B to afford the title compound as a orange red solid (1.30 g, 28%). [MH]⁺=238

Preparative Example 273

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of commercially available 2-chloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (20.05 g) in MeOH (500 mL) was added NaBH₄ (8.10 g) in small portions over a period of 3 h. The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 h. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NH₄Cl and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (17.26 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=159.

Step B

To an ice cooled suspension of the title compound from Step A above (17.08 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (300 mL) were subsequently added ⁱPr₂NEt (30 mL) and (2-methoxyethoxy)methyl chloride (13.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h, additional ⁱPr₂NEt (11 mL) and (2-methoxyethoxy)methyl chloride (6.1 mL) were added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 6 h. Then the mixture was concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (10.75 g, 42%). [MH]⁺=247.

Step C

Under a nitrogen atmosphere a solution of the title compound from Step B above (10.75 g) in MeOH (60 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of hydrazine hydrate (10.60 mL) in MeOH (300 mL) at 70° C. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 14 h, cooled and concentrated. The remaining residue was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (10.00 g, 95%). [MH]⁺=243.

Step D

A suspension of the title compound from Step C above (9.50 g) in (EtO)₃CH (200 mL) was heated to reflux for 6 h. Then AcOH (5 mL) was added at heating to reflux was continued for 6 h. The mixture was cooled, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica) to afford major isomer (7.05 g, 71%) and the minor isomer (2.35 g, 24%) of the title compound. [MH]⁺=253.

Preparative Example 274

Step A

To a solution of the major isomer of title compound from the Preparative Example 273, Step D (9.40 g) in THF (200 mL) was added a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (37 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then concentrated to afford the title compound (8.53 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=165.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (8.53 g) and Na₂CO₃ (4.26 g) were dissolved in H₂O (250 mL). The suspension was heated to 50° C. and KMnO₄ (8.13 g) was added in small portions over a period of 30 min. The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered through a pad of celite® and concentrated to afford the crude title compound, which was used without further purification (13.42 g). [MH]⁺=179.

Step C

SOCl₂ (10.9 mL) was added dropwise to an ice cooled suspension of the title compound from Step B above (13.4 g) in MeOH (400 mL). The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) afforded the title compound as an orange solid (2.23 g, 16%). [MH]⁺=193.

Step D

A mixture of the title compound from Step C above (1.21 g) and selenium dioxide (1.40 g) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated to 70° C. for 4 h. Cooling to room temperature, filtration through a pad of celite® and concentration afforded the crude title compound as a red solid, which was used without further purification (1.4 g). [MH]+=223.

Preparative Example 275

Step A

The minor isomer of title compound from the Preparative Example 273, Step D (2.35 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 274, Step A to afford the title compound (1.53 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=165.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (1.53 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 274, Step B to afford the title compound. [MH]⁺=179.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 274, Step C to afford the title compound. [MH]⁺=193.

Step D

The title compound from Step C above was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 274, Step D to afford the title compound. [MH]⁺=223.

Preparative Example 276

Step A

A suspension of the title compound from the Preparative Example 255, Step A (2.22 g) in dry toluene (15 mL) was placed in a preheated oil bath (−80° C.). Then N,N-dimethylformamide di-tert-butyl acetal (9.60 mL) was added carefully over a period of −10 min and the resulting black/brown mixture was stirred at −80° C. for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (150 mL), washed with H₂O (2×150 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (150 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (1.39 g, 50%). [MH]⁺=279.

Step B

To a solution of the title compound from Step A above (1.39 g) in dry 1,2-dichloroethane (50 mL) was added trimethyltin hydroxide (1.01 g). The resulting yellow suspension was placed in a preheated oil bath (˜80° C.) and stirred at this temperature for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL), washed with 5% aqueous HCl (2×250 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (250 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and vacuum dried for ˜15 h to afford a beige solid, which was used without further purification (756 mg, 57%). [MH]⁺=265.

Preparative Example 277

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 272, Step B (2.37 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 276, Step A to afford the title compound (1.68 g, 57%). [MH]⁺=294.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (1.36 g) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 276, Step B to afford the title compound as a beige solid (1.20 g, 97%). [MH]⁺=266.

Preparative Example 278

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 259 (94 mg) in DMF (3 mL) were added the title compound from the Preparative Example 7, Step D (94 mg), PyBrOP (216 mg) and ⁱPr₂NEt (123 μL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound (60 mg, 37%). [MH]⁺=451.

Preparative Example 279

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 255, Step A (250 mg) and the title compound from the Preparative Example 214, Step A (329 mg) in DMF (10 mL) were added N-methylmorpholine (170 μL), HATU (570 mg) and HOAt (204 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight while warming to room temperature and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a yellow/brown gummy solid (177 mg, 35%). [MH]⁺=462.

Preparative Example 280

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 267 (236 mg) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.32 mL) at 0° C., followed by the addition of anhydrous DMF (0.1 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 1 h and concentrated. To the remaining reddish solid residue was added anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL) at 0° C., followed by the addition of a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 138 (231 mg) and NEt₃ (0.42 mL) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred overnight, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give the desired product (150 mg, 34%). [MH]⁺=449.

Preparative Example 281

Step A

A solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 271, Step B (˜670 mg), PyBOP (2.35 g) and ⁱPr₂NEt (780 μL) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Commercially available 4-fluoro-3-methyl benzylamine (500 mg) and ⁱPr₂NEt (780 μL) were added and stirring at room temperature was continued overnight. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound as a single regioisomer (200 mg, 19% over two steps). [MH]⁺=345.

Preparative Example 282

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 260 (506 mg) and the title compound from the Preparative Example 161 (555 mg) in DMF (15 mL) were added N-methylmorpholine (250 μL), EDCI (530 mg) and HOAt (327 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as an orange solid (208 mg, 24%). [MH]⁺=382.

Preparative Examples 283-320

Following similar procedures as described in the Preparative Examples 279 (method A), 280 (method B), 281 (method C), 278 (method D) or 282 (method E), except using the acids and amines indicated in Table I-13 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-13
Prep. Ex. #	acid, amine	product
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
	Prep. Ex. #	method, yield
	283	B, 36%
		[MH]+ = 431
	284	C, 47%
		[MH]+ = 388
	285	C, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 421/423
	286	C, 33%
		[MH]+ = 440
	287	A, 41%
		[MH]+ = 347
	288	A, 44%
		[MH]+ = 347
	289	A, 76%
		[MH]+ = 458/460
	290	D, 11%
		[MH]+ = 343
	291	A, 83%
		[MH]+ = 381
	292	A, 73%
		[MH]+ = 414
	293	A, 32%
		[MNa]+ = 491
	294	B, 76%
		[M − H]− = 452
	295	A, 7%
		(over 2 steps),
		[MH]+ = 410
	296	A, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 344
	297	B, 34%
		[MH]+ = 364
	298	B, 72%
		[MH]+ = 363
	299	A, 37%
		[MH]+ = 395
	300	A, 79%
		[MH]+ = 381
	301	A, 71%
		[MH]+ = 364
	302	A, 43%
		[MH]+ = 435
	303	E, 82%
		[MH]+ = 400
	304	A, 67%
		[MNa]+ = 500
	305	A, 73%
		[MNa]+ = 475
	306	B, 34%
		[MH]+ = 449
	307	B, 34%
		[MNa]+ = 491
	308	B, 73%
		[M − H]− = 501
	309	A, 20%
		[MH]+ = 342
	310	A, 21%
		[MH]+ = 401
	311	A, 10%
		[MH]+ = 453
	312	A, 73%
		[MH]+ = 414
	313	A, 71%
		[MH]+ = 453
	314	A, >99%
		[MH]+ = 397
	315	A, 70%
		[MH]+ = 344
	316	A, 33%
		[MH]+ = 359
	317	A, 54%
		[MH]+ = 411
	318	A, 60%
		[MH]+ = 387
	319	A, 47%
		[MH]+ = 419
	320	A, 29%
		[MH]+ = 401

Preparative Example 321

Step A

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 278, Step A (75 mg) in dry THF (10 mL) were successively added NaH (95%, 10 mg) and methyl iodide (250 μL). The cooling bath was removed and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CHCl₃/MeOH) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (52 mg, 69%). [MNa]⁺=473.

Preparative Example 322

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 2-aminoimidazole sulfate (1.0 g), NH₄OAc (1.2 g) and methyl acetopyruvate (1.1 g) in AcOH (10 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 3 h, then absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, EtOAc/MeOH) to give an off-white solid (396 mg, 14%). [MH]⁺=192.

Step B

A solution of the title compound from Step A above (14 mg) in THF (100 μL), MeOH (100 μL), and 1N aqueous LiOH (80 μL) was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and then concentrated to give a yellow residue. [MH]⁺=178. A mixture of this residue, PyBOP (42 mg), 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylamine (11 mg), and NEt₃ (20 μL) in DMF (200 μL) and THF (400 μL) was stirred for 4 h, then absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, EtOAc/MeOH) to give an off-white solid (12 mg, 55%). [MH]⁺=299.

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (100 mg) and selenium dioxide (93 mg) in dioxane (1.5 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through celite®. The filter cake was washed with dioxane (3×1 mL). To the supernatant were added oxone (206 mg) and H₂O (100 μL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 h and then filtered. The supernatant was concentrated and then stirred in a premixed solution of acetyl chloride (100 μL) in MeOH (2 mL) in a sealed vial for 3 h at 65° C. The solution was absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give a yellow solid (40 mg, 35%). [MH]⁺=343.

Preparative Example 323

Step A

A mixture of commercially available 4-nitroimidazole (5 g) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 500 mg) in a premixed solution of acetyl chloride (4 mL) in MeOH (100 mL) was hydrogenated in a Parr shaker at 35 psi for 5 h. The mixture was filtered through celite® and concentrated to give a black oil. [MH]⁺=115. This oil and methyl acetylpyruvate (6.4 g) were stirred in AcOH (70 mL) and MeOH (70 mL) at 65° C. for 18 h. The resulting mixture was absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂₁MeOH). Further purification of the resulting residue by chromatography (silica, EtOAc) afforded an orange solid (120 mg, 1.4%). [MH]⁺=192.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (50 mg) and selenium dioxide (116 mg) in dioxane (1 mL) was heated to 130° C. in a sealed tube for 6 h, cooled and filtered through celite®. The supernatant was concentrated to give a orange residue. [MH]⁺=222. This residue was stirred with 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylamine (27 μL), PyBOP (150 mg), and NEt₃ (73 μL) in THF (2 mL) for 3 h, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to give a yellow solid (22 mg, 24%). [MH]⁺=343.

Preparative Example 324

Step A

A solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 262 (0.5 g) and 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyl amine (1.6 g) in DMF (2.5 mL) was stirred at 48° C. for 10 h and then concentrated to an oil. The oil was taken up in EtOAc (120 mL), washed with 1N aqueous HCl (2×70 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (70 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining solid was washed with hexanes/Et₂O (1:1) and MEOH to give a yellow solid (0.31 g, 35%). [MH]⁺=401.

Preparative Examples 325-327

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 324, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table I-14 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-14
Prep. Ex. #	acid, amine	product	yield
325			n.d. [MNa]+ = 355
326			33% [MH]+ = 344
327			65% [MH]+ = 381

Preparative Example 328

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 245, Step B (10 mg), commercially available 4-fluorobenzylamine (5.3 mg) and scandium triflate (1 mg) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) was heated to 60° C. for 12 h, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (111.5 mg, 83%). [MH]⁺=329.

Preparative Example 329

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 245, Step B (10 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 328, Step A, except using commercially available 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzylamine instead of 4-fluorobenzylamine to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (11.5 mg, 79%). [MH]⁺=363.

Preparative Example 330

Step A

Under an argon atmosphere a solution of commercially available [1,3,5]triazine-2,4,6-tricarboxylic acid triethyl ester (818 mg) and 3-aminopyrazole (460 mg) in dry DMF (8 mL) was heated to 100° C. overnight and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (409 mg, 56%). [MH]⁺=265.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (203 mg) and commercially available 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzylamine (160 mg) in dry DMF (3 mL) was heated to 70° C. overnight and concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound from the Example 286 and the separated regioisomers of the title compound. [MH]⁺=378.

Preparative Example 331

Step A

To a solution of NaOH (24 mg) in dry MeOH (3.2 mL) was added the title compound from the Preparative Example 315 (170 mg). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, acidified with 1N aqueous HCl and concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with 1N aqueous HCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (130 mg, 80%). [MH]⁺=330.

Preparative Example 332

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 280, Step A (45 mg) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 1 M aqueous LiOH (0.12 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, adjusted to pH 2 and concentrated to give a red solid, which was used without further purification (43 mg, 99%). [MH]⁺=435.

Preparative Example 333

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 281, Step A (23 mg) and trimethyltin hydroxide (30 mg) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 3 h, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (5 mL), washed with 10% aqueous KHSO₄ (5 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (5 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound (22 mg, 95%). [MH]⁺=331.

Preparative Examples 334-372

Following similar procedures as described in the Preparative Examples 331 (method A), 332 (method B) or 333 (method C), except using the esters indicated in Table I-15 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-15
Prep.
Ex. #	ester	product
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
	Prep. Ex. #	method, yield
	334	B, >99%
		[MH]+ = 415
	335	C, 97%
		[MH]+ = 374
	336	C, 95%
		[MNa]+ = 462
	337	A, 98%
		[MH]+ = 437
	338	A, 78%
		[MH]+ = 333
	339	A, 93%
		[MH]+ = 333
	340	A, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 407/409
	341	A, 98%
		[MH]+ = 329
	342	A, 96%
		[MH]+ = 367
	343	B, 61%
		[MH]+ = 400
	344	A, 96%
		[MNa]+ = 477
	345	C, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 396
	346	B, 83%
		[MH]+ = 350
	347	B, 97%
		[MH]+ = 349
	348	B, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 330
	349	A, 67%
		[MH]+ = 448
	350	A, 91%
		[MH]+ = 381
	351	A, >99%
		[MH]+ = 367
	352	B, 85%
		[MH]+ = 421
	353	B, 96%
		[MH]+ = 368
	354	B, 82%
		[MH]+ = 386
	356	B, 98%
		[MH]+ = 455
	357	B, >99%
		[MH]+ = 330
	358	B, >99%
		[MH]+ = 489
	359	A, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 315
	360	A, 18%
		[MH]+ = 349
	361	B, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 345
	362	C, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 397
	363	B, 61%
		[MH]+ = 414
	364	B, >99%
		[MH]+ = 439
	365	B, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 329
	366	B, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 329
	367	A, >99%
		[MH]+ = 383
	368	A, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 345
	369	A, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 397
	370	A, n.d.
		[MH]+ = 373
	371	A, 95%
		[MH]+ = 405
	372	A, 95%
		[MH]+ = 387

Preparative Example 373

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 304 (142 mg) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid/H₂O (9:1, 1.5 mL), stirred at room temperature for 1 h and concentrated by co-evaporation with toluene (3×10 mL) to yield a citreous/white solid, which was used without further purification (114 mg, 91%). [MNa]⁺=445.

Preparative Examples 374-375

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 373, except using the esters indicated in Table I-16 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-16
Prep. Ex. #	ester	product
374
375
	Prep. Ex. #	yield
	374	>99%
		[MH]+ = 402/404
	375	97%
		[MH]+ = 419

Preparative Example 376

Step A

A mixture of NaOMe (5.40 g), thiourea (5.35 g) and commercially available 2-fluoro-3-oxo-butyric acid ethyl ester (6.27 mL) in anhydrous MeOH (50 mL) was stirred at 100° C. (temperature of the oil bath) for 5½ h and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The obtained beige suspension was concentrated and diluted with H₂O (50 mL). To the resulting aqueous solution was added concentrated HCl (9 mL). The formed precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with H₂O (100 mL) to afford the title compound as a pale beige solid (5.6 g, 70%). [MH]⁺=161.

Step B

A suspension of the title compound from Step A above (5.6 g) and Raneye-nickel (50% slurry in H₂O, 8 mL) in H₂O (84 mL) was heated to reflux for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then filtered. The filter cake was washed successively with MeOH and EtOAc and the combined filtrates were concentrated. The obtained viscous oily residue was diluted with EtOAc and concentrated to afford the title compound as a reddish solid (3.6 g, 80%). [MH]⁺=129.

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (3.6 g), K₂CO₃ (11.6 g) and POBr₃ (24.0 g) in anhydrous CH₃CN (200 mL) was heated to reflux for 19 h, cooled to room temperature and concentrated. A mixture of ice (180 g) and H₂O (30 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CHCl₃ (2×150 mL) and EtOAc (2×150 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a yellow liquid (3.15 g, 58%). [MH]⁺=191/193.

Step D

Under a carbon monoxide atmosphere (7 bar) a mixture of the title compound from Step C above (2.91 g), Pd(OAc)₂ (142 mg), 1,1′-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (284 mg) and Et₃N (4.2 mL) in anhydrous DMA/MeOH (1:1, 150 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 17 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, absorbed on silica (500 mg) and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a beige solid (1.53 g, 59%). [MH]⁺=171.

Step E

The title compound from Step D above (473 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 255, Step A to afford the title compound (514 mg, 92%). [MH]⁺=201.

Preparative Example 377

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 376, Step E (360 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 279, Step A, except using commercially available 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzylamine instead of the title compound from the Preparative Example 214, Step A to afford the title compound (195 mg, 32%). [MH]⁺=342.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (195 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 331, Step A to afford the title compound (175 mg, 93%). [MH]⁺=328.

Step C

The title compound from Step B above (175 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 280, Step A, except using a commercially available 0.5M solution of NH₃ in 1,4-dioxane instead of the title compound from the Preparative Example 138 to afford the title compound (160 mg, 92%). [MH]⁺=327.

Step D

A 2M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH₂Cl₂ (450 μL) was diluted in DMF (8 mL) and then cooled to 0° C. Pyridine (144 μL) and a solution of the title compound from Step C above (146 mg) in DMF (2 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h and then at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (57 mg, 41%). [MH]⁺=309.

Step E

To a stirring solution of the title compound from Step D above (9 mg) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was added a 1M solution of hydrazine hydrate in 1,4-dioxane (45 μL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h and then concentrated to afford the title compound (10 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=321.

Preparative Example 378

Step A

A suspension of commercially available 3-amino-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride (5.06 g) and formamidine acetate (4.20 g) in EtOH (35 mL) was heated to reflux overnight and cooled to room temperature. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with EtOH and dried to afford the title compound as colorless needles (3.65 g, >99%). [MH]⁺=136.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (491 mg) and POBr₃ (4 g) was heated to 80° C. for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and extracted with CHCl₃. The organic extracts were concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (276 mg, 38%). [MH]⁺=198/200.

Step C

Under a carbon monoxide atmosphere (7 bar) a mixture of the title compound from Step B above (276 mg), Pd(OAc)₂ (13 mg), 1,1′-bis-(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (31 mg) and Et₃N (370 μL) in anhydrous DMA/MeOH (1:2, 15 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 3 d. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, absorbed on silica and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a brown solid (260 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=178.

Step D

To the ice cooled title compound from Step C above (120 mg) was added concentrated HNO₃ (ρ=1.5, 1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. (ice bath) for 30 min, the cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued for 30 min. Ice was added and the formed precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford the title compound as a brown solid (87 mg, 58%). [MH]⁺=223.

Step E

To the title compound from Step D above (87 mg) was added a solution of LiOH (47 mg) in H₂O. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h and then acidified with 1N aqueous HCl. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford the title compound as a brown solid (93 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=209.

Preparative Example 379

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative 378, Step E above (93 mg) and the title compound from the Preparative Example 161 (110 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added N-methylmorpholine (40 μL), EDCI (120 mg) and HOAt (60 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated. 10% aqueous citric acid was added and the formed precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford the title compound as a brown solid (91.5 mg, 63%). [MH]⁺=369.

Step B

A mixture of the title compound from Step A above (91 mg), AcOH (200 μL) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 55 mg) in THF/MeOH was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure overnight, filtered, concentrated and diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂MeOH) to afford the title compound as a brown solid (12 mg, 9%). [MH]⁺=339.

Preparative Example 380

Step A

Commercially available 4-bromo-3-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (500 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 32, Step A to afford the title compound (475 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=216.

Step B

The title compound from Step A above (475 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 32, Step B to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (316 mg, 73%). [MH]⁺=298.

Preparative Example 381

Step A

Commercially available 5-bromo-2-fluoro-benzamide (500 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 25, Step A to afford the title compound as colorless needles (196 mg, 52%). [MH]⁺=165.

Preparative Example 382

Step A

At room temperature commercially available 4-trifluoromethyl benzoic acid (4.90 g) was slowly added to a 90% solution of HNO₃ (10 mL). H₂SO₄ (12 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The mixture was poured on a mixture of ice (250 g) and H₂O (50 mL). After 30 min the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with H₂O and air dried. Purification by chromatography (CH₂Cl₂/cyclohexane/AcOH) afforded the title compound as regioisomer A (2.30 g, 38%) and regioisomer B (1.44 g, 23%). ¹H-NMR (acetone-d₆) regioisomer A: L=8.36 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.25 (m, 2H), regioisomer B: D=8.58 (s, 1H), 8.50 (m, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H).

Step B

A mixture of the regioisomer A from Step A above (1.44 g) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 400 mg) in MeOH (150 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 1 h and filtered. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (50 mL) and the combined filtrates were concentrated to afford the title compound (1.20 g, 95%). [MH]⁺=206.

Step C

To a cooled to (0-5° C.) mixture of the title compound from Step B above (1.2 g) and concentrated H₂SO₄ (6 mL) in H₂O (34 mL) was slowly added a solution of NaNO₃ (420 mg) in H₂O (6 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 45 min and then added to a mixture of H₂O (48 mL) and concentrated H₂SO₄ (6 mL), which was kept at 135° C. (temperature of the oil bath). The resulting mixture was stirred at 135° C. (temperature of the oil bath) for 2½ h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with ice water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl (50 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/cyclohexane/AcOH) to afford the title compound (797 mg, 66%). [MH]⁺=207.

Step D

To a cooled (−30° C.) solution of the title compound from Step C above (790 mg) and NEt₃ (1.4 mL) in THF (45 mL) was added ethyl chloroformate (790 μL). The mixture was stirred at −30° C. to −20° C. for 1 h and then filtered. The precipitated salts were washed with THF (20 mL). The combined filtrates were cooled to −20° C. and a 33% solution of NH₃ in H₂O (20 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at −20° C. for 20 min, then the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. Then the mixture was concentrated and dissolved in THF (25 mL) and CH₃CN (6 mL). Pyridine (3.15 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (2.73 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h. Then the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with MeOH (22 mL) and 10% aqueous K₂CO₃ (22 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The mixture was concentrated to −20 mL, acidified (pH ˜1) with 1N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (490 mg, 67%). [MH]⁺=188.

Preparative Examples 383-386

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 34, except using the nitriles indicated in Table I-17 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-17
Prep.
Ex. #	nitrile	product	yield
383			51% 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) □ = 7.78(d, 1H), 7.58(t, 1H), 7.38(d, 1H), 7.32(s, 1H), 4.25(d, 2H), 1.52(s, 9H), 1.40(s, 9H)
384			53% [MNa]+ = =324/326
385			n.d. [MNa]+ = 291
386			n.d. [MH]+ = 292

Preparative Examples 387-389

Following a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 133, except using the protected amines indicated in Table I-18 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-18
Prep. Ex. #	protected amine	product	yield
387			>99% [M − Cl]+ = 201/203
388			n.d. [M − Cl]+ = 169
389			>99% 192

Preparative Example 390

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 383 (42 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 208, Step A to afford the title compound (32 mg, 98%). [M-TFA]⁺=165.

Preparative Example 391

Step A

A solution of title compound from the Preparative Example 39, Step C (1.0 g) in SOCl₂ (5 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h, concentrated and coevaporated several times with cyclohexane to afford the corresponding acid chloride. A mixture of magnesium turnings (127 mg) and EtOH (100 μL) in dry benzene (2 mL) was heated to reflux until the dissolution of the magnesium started. A mixture of diethyl malonate (810 μl) and EtOH (700 μL) in benzene (3 mL) was added over a period of 30 min and heating to reflux was continued for 3 h (complete dissolution of the magnesium). The EtOH was then removed by azeotropic distillation with fresh portions of benzene and the volume was brought to ˜5 mL by addition of benzene. The mixture was heated to reflux, a solution of the acid chloride in benzene (5 mL) was added over a period of 30 min and heating to reflux was continued for 3½ h. The resulting viscous mixture was poured on a mixture of ice and 6N aqueous HCl. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted was benzene (2×10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with H₂O, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated. The remaining residue was diluted with AcOH (25 mL) and concentrated HCl (25 mL), heated to reflux for 16 h, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (665 mg, 76%). [MH]⁺=197.

Step B

A mixture of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (807 mg) and pyridine (4.5 mL) in EtOH (4.5 mL) was heated to reflux for 5 min, the title compound from Step A above (759 mg) was added and heating to reflux was continued for 3 h. The mixture was cooled, concentrated and diluted with cold 3N aqueous HCl (30 mL). The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with H₂O and air dried to afford the title compound (590 mg, 72%). [MH]⁺=212.

Step C

A mixture of the title compound from Step B above (440 mg), 6N aqueous HCl (5 mL) and PtO₂ (95 mg) in 90% aqueous EtOH (40 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 36 h, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude title compound as a colorless solid (436 mg, 80%). [M-Cl]⁺=226.

Preparative Examples 392-393

Following similar procedures as described in the Preparative Examples 280, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table I-19 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-19
Prep.
Ex. #	acid, amine	product	yield
392			69% [MH]+ = 330
393			41% [MH]+ = 429

Preparative Examples 394-395

Following similar procedures as described in the Preparative Examples 331, except using the esters indicated in Table I-20 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE I-20
Prep.
Ex. #	ester	product
394
395
	Prep. Ex. #	yield
	394	95%
		[MH]+ = 316
	395	95%
		[MH]+ = 415

Preparative Examples 396-404

The following intermediates are known by literature as indicated in Table I-21 below.

TABLE I-21
Prep.
Ex. #	intermediate	reference
396		J. Chem. Soc., 1960, 3437-3444
397		J. Chem. Soc., 1971, 1501-1507
398		Annali di Chimica, 1967, 57, 680-687
399		J. Am. Chem. Soc., 78, 1956, 5832-5835
400		J. Chem. Soc. 1968, 2159-2168
401		Chem. Ber., 1976, 109, 1625-1637
402		Patent: DE 3305778
403		J. Org. Chem., 33, 6, 1968, 2606
404		J. Med. Chem. 1991, 34, 1845-1849

Preparative Examples 405-415

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 246, except using the amines indicated in Table I-22 Below, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-22
Prep. Ex. #	amine	product
405
406
407
408
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415

Preparative Examples 416-428

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 255, except using the amines indicated in Table I-23 Below, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-23
Prep. Ex. #	intermediate	product
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428

Preparative Examples 396-752

If one were to follow similar procedures as described in the Preparative Examples 279, 280, 281, 278, or 282, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table I-24 below, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Preparative Examples 331, 332 or 333, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-24
Prep. Ex. # acid, amine
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
Prep.
Ex. #       product
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752

Preparative Example 753-769

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Preparative Example 322, Step B and Step C, except using the amines indicated in Table I-25 below in Step B, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Preparative Examples 331, 332 or 333, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-25
Prep.
Ex. #	amine	product
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769

Preparative Example 770-786

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Preparative Example 323, Step B, except using the amines indicated in Table I-26 below, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Preparative Examples 331, 332 or 333, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-26
Prep.
Ex. #	amine	product
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786

Preparative Example 787-804

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Preparative Example 330, Step B, except using the amines indicated in Table I-27 below, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Preparative Examples 331, 332 or 333, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-27
Prep
Ex. #	amine	products
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804

Preparative Example 805

Step A

To a cooled (−40° C.) solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 39, Step C (1.0 g) and NEt₃ (890 μL) in THF (50 mL) was slowly added ethyl chloroformate (490 μL). The mixture was stirred at −25° C. for 1 h and then filtered. The precipitated salts were washed with THF (40 mL). The combined filtrates were cooled to 0° C. and a solution of NaBH₄ (528 mg) in H₂O (9.4 mL) was added carefully. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 45 min, the cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued at room temperature for 45 min. Then the mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (40 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (40 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound (910 mg, 97%). [MH]⁺=199.

Step B

If one were to stir a mixture of the title compound from Step A above and IBX-polystyrene (1.75 equivalents) in CH₂Cl₂ at room temperature for 3 h, filter and concentrate the mixture, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Examples 806-811

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Preparative Example 377, except using the amines indicated in Table I-28 below, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-28
Prep.
Ex. #	amine	product
806
807
808
809
810
811

Preparative Examples 812

Step A

If one were to stir a mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 377, Step E, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1 equivalent) and NEt₃ in THF at room temperature overnight, concentrate the mixture and purify the residue by chromatography (silica), one would obtain the title compound.

Step B

If one were to stir a mixture of the title compound from Step A above, iodomethane and K₂CO₃ in DMF at room temperature overnight, concentrate the mixture and purify the residue by chromatography (silica), one would obtain the separated regioisomers of the title compound.

Preparative Examples 813

Step A

If one were to stir the N1-isomer of title compound from the Preparative Example 812, Step B in a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane at room temperature overnight and concentrate the mixture, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Examples 814

Step A

If one were to stir the N2-isomer of title compound from the Preparative Example 812, Step B in a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane at room temperature overnight and concentrate the mixture, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Examples 815-821

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Preparative Example 812, except using the amines indicated in Table I-29 below, and if one were to treat the obtained protected amines similarly as described in the Preparative Examples 813, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-29
Prep.
Ex. #	amine	products
815
816
817
818
819
820
821

Preparative Example 822

Step A

If one were to stir a mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 378, Step D, iodomethane and K₂CO₃ in DMF at room temperature overnight, concentrate the mixture and purify the residue by chromatography (silica), one would obtain the title compound.

Step B

If one were to treat the title compound from Step A above similar as described in the Preparative Example 378, Step E, one would obtain the title compound.

Preparative Examples 823-835

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Preparative Example 379, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table I-30 below, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE I-30
Prep.
Ex. #	amine	product
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835

EXAMPLES

Example 1

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 335 (40 mg) in DMF (2 mL) were added the title compound from the Preparative Example 4, Step B (34 mg), PyBOP (84 mg) and ⁱPr₂NEt (46 μL). The mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound (23 mg, 40%). ¹H-NMR (CDCl₃) δ=10.50 (br d, 1H), 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.30 (br t, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.25-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 5.80 (m, 1H), 4.65 (d, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.00 (m, 1H).

Example 2

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 373, Step A (30 mg) and the title compound from the Preparative Example 228, Step A (30 mg) in DMF (3 mL) were added N-methylmorpholine (40 μL), EDCI (25 mg) and HOAt (13 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO₃, 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (35 mg, 90%). [MH]⁺=553.

Example 3

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 331, Step A (31 mg) and the title compound from the Preparative Example 218, Step D (27 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added N-methylmorpholine (13 μL), HATU (57 mg) and HOAt (16 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (57 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=520.

Example 4

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 349 (21.5 mg) in DMF (3 mL) were added cyclohexanemethylamine (30 μL), PyBrOP (29 mg) and HOAt (8 mg). The mixture was stirred over the weekend and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (11.9 mg, 46%). [MH]⁺=543.

Example 5

Step A

To a mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 324, Step A (106 mg), DMF (20 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (2.5 mL) at 0° C. was added oxalyl chloride (116 μL). The ice bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for 45 min and concentrated. The resulting residue was brought up in CH₂Cl₂ (1.5 mL) and canulated into a mixture of the title compound from the Preparative Example 176, Step A (75 mg) and NEt₃ (122 μL) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. The remaining solid was washed with MeOH (10 mL). The supernatant was concentrated and the resulting solid was washed with MeOH (10 mL). The yellow solids were combined to give the title compound (51 mg, 33%). [M-H]⁻=588.

Example 6

Step A

To a mixture of N-cyclohexyl-carbodiimide-N′-methyl-polystyrene (43 mg) in DMF (100 μL) were added a 0.2M solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 331, Step A in DMF (150 μL) and a 0.5M solution of HOBt in DMF (60 μL). The mixture was agitated for 30 min, then a 0.5M solution of (1,1-dioxidotetrahydrothien-3-yl)-methylamine in DMF (54 μL) was added and agitation at room temperature was continued for 12 h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (200 μL). (Polystyrylmethyl)-trimethylammonium bicarbonate (16 mg) was added and the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 2 h. Filtration and concentration afforded the title compound (13.1 mg, 95%). [MH]⁺=461.

Example 7

Step A

To a mixture of polystyrene-IIDQ (131 mg) in DMF (800 μL) were added the title compound from the Preparative Example 331, Step A (39 mg) and a 0.5M solution of commercially available 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid (40 mg). The mixture was agitated for 24 h, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound (40 mg, 73%). [MH]⁺=463.

Examples 8-277

Following similar procedures as described in the Examples 1 (method A), 2 (method B), 3 (method C), 4 (method D), 5 (method E), 6 (method F) or 7 (method G), except using the acids and amines indicated in Table II-1 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-1
Ex. #	acid, amine
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
Ex. #	product	method, yield
8		B, 90% [MH]+ = 579
9		B, 80% [MH]+ = 644
10		B, 86% [MH]+ = 698
11		B, >99% [MH]+ = 645
12		B, 98% [MH]+ = 542
13		B, >99% [MH]+ = 594
14		B, 95% [MH]+ = 582
15		B, >99% [MH]+ = 596
16		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 577
17		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 560
18		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 566
19		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 536
20		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 536
21		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 591
22		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 556
23		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 596
24		B, 92% [MH]+ = 483
25		B, 85% [MH]+ = 502
26		B, 79% [MH]+ = 606
27		B, 88% [MH]+ = 592
28		B, 95% [MH]+ = 599
29		B, 18% [MH]+ = 489
30		B, 95% [MH]+ = 595
31		B, 41% [MH]+ = 385
32		B, 87% [MH]+ = 539
33		B, 45% [MH]+ = 507
34		B, 77% [MH]+ = 481
35		B, 65% [MH]+ = 399
36		B, 35% [MH]+ = 413
37		B, 97% [MH]+ = 547
38		B, 84% [MH]+ = 581
39		B, 81% [MH]+ = 612
40		B, 85% [MH]+ = 578
41		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 554
42		B, 68% [MH]+ = 560
43		C, 95% [MH]+ = 543
44		C, 56% [MH]+ = 468
45		D, >99% [MH]+ = 557
46		D, 47% [MH]+ = 590
47		D, >99% [MH]+ = 521
48		D, >99% [MH]+ = 507
49		D, 76% [MH]+ = 501
50		D, >99% [MH]+ = 519
51		D, 30% [MH]+ = 501
52		D, 77% [MH]+ = 594
53		C, 62% [MNa]+ = 661
54		C, 76% [MH]+ = 636
55		C, 85% [MH]+ = 582
56		C, 77% [MH]+ = 557
57		C, 91% [MNa]+ = 562
58		C, 85% [M-Boc]+ = 412
59		C, 98% [M-Boc]+ = 412
60		C, 92% [MH]+ = 468
61		C, 71% [MH]+ = 482
62		C, 86% [MH]+ = 496
63		C, 75% [MH]+ = 483
64		C, 81% [MH]+ = 566
65		C, 97% [MH]+ = 580
66		C, 87% [MH]+ = 544
67		C, 88% [MH]+ = 598
68		C, 71% [MH]+ = 530
69		E, 23% [MH]+ = 517
70		E, 39% [MH]+ = 517
71		E, 82% [MH]+ = 441
72		E, 59% [MH]+ = 557
73		E, 21% [MH]+ = 523
74		E, 73% [MH]+ = 576
75		E, 73% [MH]+ = 576
76		E, 38% [MH]+ = 596
77		E, 33% [M − H]− = 588
78		E, 40% [M − H]− = 588
79		E, 30% [M − H]− = 568
80		E, 42% [M − H]− = 568
81		E, 42% [M − H]− = 588
82		E, 26% [M − H]− = 554
83		E, 60% (over 2 steps), [M − H]− = 556
84		E, 11% (over 2 steps), [M − H]− = 556
85		C, 77% [MH]+ = 483
86		C, 66% [MH]+ = 483
87		C, >99% [MH]+ = 614
88		C, >99% [MH]+ = 612
89		C, 48% [MNa]+ = 634
90		C, 54% [MH]+ = 410
91		F, 87% [MH]+ = 397
92		F, >99% [MH]+ = 399
93		F, 61% [MH]+ = 441
94		F, 67% [MH]+ = 409
95		F, 40% [MH]+ = 437
96		F, 36% [MH]+ = 433
97		F, 54% [MH]+ = 463
98		F, 52% [MH]+ = 437
99		F, 48% [MH]+ = 437
100		F, 51% [MH]+ = 420
101		F, 56% [MH]+ = 459
102		F, 56% [MH]+ = 518
103		F, 23% [MH]+ = 504
104		F, 68% [MH]+ = 439
105		F, 56% [MH]+ = 439
106		F, 95% [MH]+ = 465
107		F, 93% [MH]+ = 447
108		G, 87% [MH]+ = 451
109		G, >99% [MH]+ = 462
110		G, 99% [MH]+ = 425
111		G, 85% [MH]+ = 426
112		F, 64% [MH]+ = 439
113		F, 97% [MH]+ = 447
114		G, 94% [MH]+ = 427
115		G, 26% [MH]+ = 491
116		G, 40% [MH]+ = 505
117		C, 54% [MH]+ = 411
118		C, 86% [MH]+ = 437
119		C, 21% [MH]+ = 477
120		C, 57% [MH]+ = 454
121		C, 31% [MH]+ = 544
122		C, 66% [MH]+ = 518
123		C, 26% [MH]+ = 518
124		C, 14% [MH]+ = 494
125		C, 41% [MH]+ = 483
126		C, 75% [MH]+ = 450
127		C, 78% [MH]+ = 507
128		C, 61% [MH]+ = 507
129		C, 75% [MH]+ = 483
130		C, 59% [MH]+ = 497
131		C, 52% [MH]+ = 503
132		C, 31% [MH]+ = 527
133		C, 77% [MH]+ = 527
134		C, 26% [MH]+ = 544
135		C, 51% [MH]+ = 598
136		C, 33% [MH]+ = 546
137		C, 80% [MH]+ = 483
138		C, 72% [MH]+ = 483
139		C, 48% [MH]+ = 532
140		C, 83% [MH]+ = 608
141		C, 94% [MH]+ = 609
142		C, 80% [MH]+ = 623
143		C, 78% [MH]+ = 637
144		C, 90% [MH]+ = 593
145		C, 59% [MH]+ = 607
146		C, 30% [MH]+ = 564
147		C, 76% [MH]+ = 554
148		C, 64% [MH]+ = 597
149		C, 84% [MH]+ = 597
150		C, 78% [MH]+ = 597
151		C, 49% [MH]+ = 566
152		C, 75% [M-“indene”]+ = 362
153		C, 82% [MH]+ = 495
154		C, 29% [MH]+ = 553
155		C, 26% [MH]+ = 496
156		C, 56% [MH]+ = 518
157		C, 5% [MH]+ = 514
158		C, 52% [MH]+ = 506
159		C, 38% [MH]+ = 610
160		C, 19% [MH]+ = 702
161		C, 25% [MH]+ = 549/551
162		C, 48% [MH]+ = 504
163		C, 41% [MH]+ = 546
164		C, 48% [MH]+ = 509
165		C, 55% [MH]+ = 528
166		C, 20% [MH]+ = 528
167		C, 71% [MH]+ = 508
168		C, 72% [MH]+ = 526
169		C, 41% [MH]+ = 565
170		C, 68% [MH]+ = 512
171		C, 72% [MH]+ = 530
172		C, 78% [MH]+ = 580
173		C, 79% [MH]+ = 512
174		C, 75% [MH]+ = 596
175		C, 83% [MH]+ = 560
176		C, 82% [MH]+ = 578
177		C, 21% [MH]+ = 546
178		C, 15% [MH]+ = 580
179		E, 21% [M − H]− = 515
180		E, 23% [M − H]− = 529
181		E, 24% [M − H]− = 529
182		E, 11% [M − H]− = 526
183		E, 34% [MH]+ = 507
184		E, 52% [MH]+ = 563
185		E, n.d. [MH]+ = 644
186		E, n.d. [MH]+ = 644
187		E, 57% [M − H]− = 628
188		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 627
189		B, n.d. [MH]+ = 597
190		D, 72% [MH]+ = 628
191		A, 54% [MH]+ = 612
192		A, 27% [MH]+ = 578
193		A, 28% [MH]+ = 612
194		A, 33% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ = 10.50(br d, 1H), 9.00(s, 1H), 8.85(s, 1H), 8.35(br t, 1H), 8.00(s, 1H), 7,95(d, 1H), 7.40(d, 1H), 7.25-7.00(m, 2H), 7.00-6.90(m, 1H), 5.80(m, 1H), 4.65 (br d, 2H), 3.90(s, 3H), 3.20-2.70(m, 3H), 2.25(s, 3H), 2.20-2.00(m, 1H).
195		A, n.d. [MH]+ = 594/596
196		A, n.d. MH]+ = 528/530
197		A, 43% [MH]+ = 558
198		C, 66% [MH]+ = 562
199		C, 44% [MH]+ = 562
200		C, 48% [MH]+ = 613
201		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 550
202		C, 65% [MH]+ = 523/525
203		C, 52% [MH]+ = 543/545
204		C, 54% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ = 10.25(br d, 1H), 8.60(s, 1H), 8.10(m, 1H), 8.00(d, 1H), 7.60(d, 1H), 7.30(d, 1H), 7.20-7.10(m, 2H), 7.10-7.00(m, 1H), 5.70(m, 1H), 4.55(d, 2H), 3.10-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.40(s, 9H), 2.00-1.90(m, 1H).
205		C, 70% [MH]+ = 595
206		C, 79% [MH]+ = 599
207		C, 55% [MH]+ = 522
208		C, 59% [MH]+ = 536
209		C, 63% [MH]+ = 598
210		C, 32% [M-“indene”]+ = 398
211		C, 66% [MH]+ = 623
212		C, 61% [MH]+ = 571
213		C, 86% [MH]+ = 585
214		E, 60% [M − H]− = 520
215		E, 65% [M − H]− = 520
216		E, 49% [MH]+ = 539/541
217		E, 90% [MH]+ = 533
218		E, 80% [MH]+ = 550
219		C, 45% [MH]+ = 452
220		C, 43% [MH]+ = 461
221		C, 46% [MH]+ = 572
222		C, 47% [MH]+ = 586
223		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 569
224		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 517
225		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 459
226		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 546
227		C, n.d. [MNa]+ = 584
228		C, n.d. [MNa]+ = 669
229		C, n.d. [MNa]+ = 696
230		C, n.d. [MNa]+ = 624
231		C, 60% (over 2 steps), [MH]+ = 517
232		A, 51% [MH]+ = 530
233		A, 7% (over 2 steps), [MH]+ = 451
234		A, 20% (over 2 steps), [MH]+ = 451
235		E, 35% [M − H]− = 502
236		E, 29% [M − H]− = 488
237		A, 98% [MH]+ = 471
238		A, 16% [MH]+ = 517
239		E, 52% [MNa]+ = 566
240		E, 31% [M − H]− = 576
241		A, n.d. [MH]+ = 599
242		E, 51% [MH]+ = 533
243		E, 50% [MH]+ = 462
244		E, 40% [MH]+ = 428
245		E, 30% [MH]+ = 469
246		E, 10% [MH]+ = 426
247		E, 34% [MH]+ = 442
248		E, 20% [MH]+ = 468
249		E, 30% [MH]+ = 456
250		E, 25% [MH]+ = 424
251		E, 30% [MH]+ = 468
252		E, 34% [MH]+ = 525
253		E, 18% [MH]+ = 516
254		E, n.d. [MH]+ = 579
255		E, 42% [MH]+ = 444
256		E, 70% [MH]+ = 630
257		C, 10% [MH]+ = 518
258		C, 29% [MH]+ = 518
259		C, 96% [MH]+ = 564
260		C, 91% [MH]+ = 547
261		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 597
262		C, 93% [MH]+ = 547
263		C, 81% [MH]+ = 529
264		C, 86% [MH]+ = 529
265		C, 76% [MH]+ = 545
266		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 543
267		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 543
268		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 537
269		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 537
270		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 557
271		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 595
272		C, 38% [MH]+ = 540
273		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 537
274		C, n.d. [MNa]+ = 584
275		C, n.d. [MNa]+ = 602
276		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 594
277		C, n.d. [MH]+ = 614

Example 278

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 315 (67 mg) in anhydrous DMF (500 μL) was added a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 229, Step D (75 mg). The resulting mixture was heated at 60° C. for 15 h, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give the desired title compound (39 mg, 41%). [MH]⁺=491.

Examples 279-284

Following a similar procedure as described in the Example 278, except using the esters and amines indicated in Table II-2 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-2
Ex.
#	ester, amine	product	yield
279			47% [MH]+ = 477
280			48% [MH]+ = 462
281			43% [MH]+ = 439
282			60% [MH]+ = 552
283			50% [MH]+ = 458
284			53% [MH]+ = 442

Example 285

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 244, Step A (200 mg) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) was added commercially available 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzylamine (120 mg). The resulting mixture was heated at 60° C. for 24 h, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give the title compound (30 mg, 8%). [MH]⁺=452.

Example 286

Step A

A mixture of the title compound Preparative Example 330, Step A (203 mg) and commercially available 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzylamine (160 mg) in dry DMF (3 mL) was heated to 70° C. overnight and concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in CHCl₃, washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (111 mg, 29%). [MH]⁺=492.

Example 287

Step A

A solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 331, Step A (26 mg) in a 7M solution of NH₃ in MeOH (1 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 2 h. The formed precipitate was isolated by filtration to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (8.6 mg, 34%). [MH]⁺=329.

Example 288

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 294 (9.7 mg) and commercially available 4-aminomethyl-phenylamine (10 mg) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one (0.5 mL). The mixture was heated in a sealed tube at 160° C. (microwave) for 15 min, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aqueous LiCl, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (9.6 mg, 84%). [M-H]⁻=540.

Example 289

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 294 (154 mg) and commercially available 3-aminomethyl-phenylamine (57 mg) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one (3 mL). The mixture was heated in a sealed tube at 160° C. (microwave) for 55 min, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aqueous LiCl, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (110 mg, 84%). [M-H]⁻=540.

Example 290

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 289, Step A (19.1 mg) in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) were successively added pyridine (0.1 mL) and methanesulfonyl chloride (8.1 mg). The mixture was stirred for 1 d, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (13.1 mg, 60%). [M-H]⁻=618.

Example 291

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 342 (51 mg) in THF (5 mL) were added the title compound from the Preparative Example 149, EDCI (53 mg), HOBt (38 mg) and K₂CO₃ (44 mg). The mixture was stirred for 16 h, absorbed on silica (500 mg) and purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a solid (79.3 mg, 92%). [M-H]⁻=616.

Example 292

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 291, Step A (50 mg) in MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ (1:1, 2 mL) was added hydrazine (26 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 d, concentrated and and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid. (37.1 mg, 74%). [M-H]⁻=615.

Example 293

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 179 (2.5 mg) in toluene/MeOH (3:1, 2 mL) was added a 2M solution of (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane in Et₂O (portions à 10 μL) until complete consumption of the starting material. The mixture was concentrated and then triturated with Et₂O (4×) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.0 mg, 40%). [M-H]⁻=529.

Example 294

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Example 196 (52 mg) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 20 mg) in MeOH/EtOAc (1:1, 4 mL) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 18 h, filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound (19 mg, 43%). [MH]⁺=450.

Example 295

Step A

Under an argon atmosphere a mixture of commercially available 2-chloro-6-methyl-pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (9.38 g) and selenium dioxide (8.93 g) in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) was stirred at 105° C. for 12 h. The mixture was filtered twice through celite®, the filter cake was rinsed with 1,4-dioxane (2×100 mL) and the combined filtrates were concentrated to afford the title compound as viscous orange oil (8.0 g, 74%). [MH]⁺=217.

Step B

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from Step A above (900 mg) in anhydrous CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) were subsequently and slowly added oxalyl chloride (870 μL) and DMF (3 drops). The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature until gas evolution ceased. The mixture was then concentrated and diluted with CH₂Cl₂. Pyridine (340 μL) and commercially available 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzylamine (530 μL) were added subsequently and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Filtration, absorption onto silica and purification by chromatography (silica, hexane/EtOAc) afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (670 mg, 48%). [MH]⁺=338.

Step C

To an ice cooled solution of the title compound from Step B above (670 mg) in THF (20 mL) was slowly added 1M aqueous LiOH (3.98 mL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h, quenched with 1M aqueous HCl (4.0 mL), warmed to room temperature and concentrated. The remaining residue was triturated with THF, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as an orange solid. [MH]⁺=324.

Step D

The title compound from Step C above (256 mg), commercially available 4-aminomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (160 mg), PyBOP (800 mg) and NEt₃ (202 μL) were dissolved in THF/DMF (2:1, 15 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/acetone) to afford the title compound (196 mg, 44%). [MH]⁺=570.

Step E

To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step D above (50 mg) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (40 μL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (2 mL) and cooled to 0° C. A 20% solution of phosgene in toluene (500 μL) was added, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Concentration afforded the crude title compound as a mixture of two isomers, which was used without further purification. [MH]⁺=493.

Step F

To a solution of the title compound from Step E above (30 mg) in THF/MeOH (2:1, 1.5 mL) was added 1N aqueous LiOH (0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, adjusted to pH 4.5 with 2N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a mixture of two isomers (3 mg, 8% over 2 steps). [MH]⁺=479.

Example 296

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 331, Step A (329 mg) in DMF (10 mL) were successively added HATU (427 mg), HOAt (153 mg), commercially available trans-(4-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (291 mg) and ⁱPr₂NEt (191 μL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Additional HATU (427 mg), trans-(4-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (291 mg) and ⁱPr₂NEt (191 μL) were successively added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with 0.01N aqueous HCl (3×100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCl (100 mL), dried (MgSO₄) and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with CH₂Cl₂/MeOH (95:5, 500 mL) and the combined filtrates were concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (493 mg, 91%). [MNa]⁺=562.

Step B

To a suspension of the title compound from Step A above (436 mg) in EtOAc (3.22 mL) was added a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (3.22 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2½ h, diluted with MeOH (10 mL), concentrated, suspended in CH₃CN/MeOH (4:1, 20 mL) and concentrated again to afford the title compound (384 mg, 99%). [M-Cl]⁺=440.

Examples 297-298(a)

Following a similar procedure as described in the Example 296, Step B, except using the protected amines indicated in Table II-3 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-3
Ex.
#	protected amine	product	yield
297			>99%  [M − Cl]+ =426
298			98% [M − Cl]+ =412
298(a)			98% [M − Cl]+ =412

Example 299

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Example 296, Step B (23.8 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) were added a 1M solution of acetyl chloride in dry CH₂Cl₂ (50 μL) and ⁱPr₂NEt (26.1 μL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a beige/white solid (24.1 mg, >99%). [MH]⁺=482.

Examples 300-309

Following a similar procedure as described in the Example 299, except using the amines and the acid chlorides indicated in Table II-4 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-4
Ex.
#	amine, acid chloride	product	yield
300			92% [MH]+ = 524
301			99% [MH]+ = 518
302			73% [MH]+ = 468
303			75% [MH]+ = 504
304			97% [MH]+ = 454
305			94% [MH]+ = 490
306			89% [MH]+ = 454
307			95% [MH]+ = 490
308			71% [MH]+ = 544
309			83% [MH]+ = 519

Example 310

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 298(a) (22.4 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (500 μL) were added ⁱPr₂NEt (17.4 μL) and sulfamide (10.8 mg). The resulting reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube to 140° C. (microwave) for 2 h, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (11.7 mg, 48%). [MH]⁺=491.

Example 311

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Example 296, Step B (23.8 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (500 μL) was added KO^tBu (6.4 mg). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 min, then ⁱPrOH (50 μL) and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (13.9 μL) were added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 19 h. The mixture was diluted with MeOH (5 mL), concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (15 mg, 62%). [MH]⁺=483.

Example 312

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 296, Step B (20 mg) in DMF (2.5 mL) were successively added ⁱPr₂NEt (15 μL) and 2-iodoethanol (3.5 μL). Using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed vial at 100° C. for 10 min. The mixture was concentrated and dissolved in dry THF (1 mL). Methyl N-(triethylammoniosulfonyl) carbamate [“Burgess reagent”] (27 mg) was added and using a microwave, the mixture was heated in a sealed vial at 130° C. for 7 min. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (1.7 mg, 6%). [MH]⁺=603.

Example 313

Step A

To a suspension of the title compound from the Example 297 (23.1 mg) in dry CH₂Cl₂ (500 μL) was added KO^tBu (6.4 mg). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 min, then ⁱPrOH (50 mL) and trimethylsilyl isocyanate (13.9 μL) were added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with MeOH (5 mL), concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound (10 mg, 43%). [MH]⁺=469.

Example 314

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 25 (43.9 mg) in THF (10 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (18 mg) in H₂O (10 mL). The solution was stirred for 5 h, acidified, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a bright yellow solid (16.4 mg, 38%). [MH]⁺=488.

Example 315

Step A

Using a microwave, a mixture of the title compound from the Example 5 (51 mg) and trimethyltin hydroxide (236 mg) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2 mL) in a sealed vial was stirred at 160° C. for 1 h. The contents were loaded onto a silica and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give a yellow solid (18 mg, 35%). [M-H]⁻=574.

Examples 316-361

Following similar procedures as described in the Examples 314 (method A) or 315 (method B), except using the esters indicated in Table II-5 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-5
Ex. #	ester	product	method, yield
316			A, 60% [MH]+ = 576
317			A, 8% [MH]+ = 525
318			B, 40% [MH]+ = 533
319			B, 54% [MH]+ = 564
320			B, 40% [MH]+ = 546
321			A, 40% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ = 10.50 (br d, 1 H), 9.00 (s, 1 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 1 H), 7.95 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, 1 H), 7.35 (d, 1 H), 7.25-7.10 (m, 2 H), 7.00 (m, 1 H), 5.75 (m, 1 H), 4.70 (d, 2 H), 3.20-2.80 (m, 3 H), 2.25 (s, 3 H), 2.25-2.00 (m, 1 H).
322			A, 31% [MH]+ = 488
323			A, 37% [MH]+ = 533
324			B, 66% [M − H]− = 506
325			B, 71% [M − H]− = 506
326			B, 70% [M − H]− = 531
327			B, 82% [M − H]− = 522
328			B, 45% [MH]+ = 503
329			B, 18% [MH]+ = 622
330			B, 15% [MH]+ = 543
331			B, 14% [M − H]− = 501
332			B, 50% [MH]+ = 477
333			B, 32% [MH]+ = 463
334			A, 86% [MH]+ = 504
335			A, 51% [MH]+ = 504
336			B, 34% [M − H]− = 574
337			B, 46% [M − H]− = 554
338			B, 29% [M − H]− = 554
339			B, 45% [M − H]− = 540
340			B, 44% [M − H]− = 540
341			B, 52% [MH]+ = 532
342			B, 42% [MH]+ = 495
343			B, 40% [MH]+ = 514
344			B, 35% [MH]+ = 494
345			B, 43% [MH]+ = 512
346			B, 39% [MH]+ = 551
347			B, 21% [MH]+ = 481
348			B, 41% [MH]+ = 498
349			B, 39% [MH]+ = 516
350			B, 32% [MH]+ = 566
351			B, 37% [MH]+ = 498
352			B, 44% [MH]+ = 582
353			B, 42% [MH]+ = 546
354			B, 46% [MH]+ = 564
355			B, 15% [MH]+ = 532
356			A, 11% [MH]+ = 504
357			B, 10% [MH]+ = 504
358			B, 68% [MH]+ = 489
359			B, 66% [MH]+ = 469
360			B, 94% [MH]+ = 469
361			B, 95% [MH]+ = 469

Example 362

Step, A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 184 (109 mg) in THF (4 mL) were added morpholine (0.17 mL) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (23.8 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, diluted with a 4M solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (490 μL) and concentrated. The remaining residue was purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) and preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂₁MeOH) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (39.4 mg, 39%). [M-H]⁻=521.

Examples 363-435

Following a similar procedure as described in the Example 362, except using the esters indicated in Table II-6 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-6
Ex. #	ester	product	yield
363			53% [M − H]− =588
364			n.d. [MH]+ = 609
365			n.d. [MH]+ = 557
366			42% [MH]+ = 573
367			42% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 550
368			37% [MH]+ = 555
369			48% [MH]+ = 558
370			90% [MH]+ = 572
371			49% [MH]+ = 583
372			59% [MNa]+ = 553
373			40% [NMa]+ = 567
374			37% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 529
375			20% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 477
376			34% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 419
377			29% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 506
378			90% [MH]+ = 579
379			90% [MH]+ = 579
380			41% [MH]+ = 604
381			77% [MH]+ = 658
382			71% [MH]+ = 605
383			67% [MH]+ = 502
384			75% [MH]+ = 554
385			18% [MH]+ = 542
386			62% [MH]+ = 556
387			33% [MH]+ = 537
388			69% [MH]+ = 520
389			22% [MH]+ = 526
390			8% [MH]+ = 496
391			77% [MH]+ = 496
392			71% [MH]+ = 551
393			65% [MH]+ = 516
394			46% [MH]+ = 556
395			98% [MH]+ = 559
396			80% [MH]+ = 554
397			58% [MH]+ = 541
398			90% [MH]+ = 572
399			95% [MH]+ = 554
400			77% [MH]+ = 621
401			68% [MH]+ = 542
402			86% [MH]+ = 536
403			87% [MH]+ = 556
404			50% [MH]+ = 524
405			45% [MH]+ = 507
406			30% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 557
407			n.d. [MH]+ = 507
408			90% [MH]+ = 489
409			78% [MH]+ = 489
410			86% [MH]+ = 505
411			57% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 503
412			57% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 503
413			20% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 497
414			29% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 497
415			36% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 517
416			19% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 555
417			7% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 497
418			82% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 554
419			82% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 614
420			40% [M − H]− =588
421			60% [MH]+ = 540
422			94% [MH]+ = 574
423			98% [MH]+ = 572
424			45% [MH]+ = 568
425			20% [MH]+ = 569
426			51% [MH]+ = 583
427			15% [MH]+ = 597
428			24% [MH]+ = 553
429			31% [MH]+ = 567
430			>99%  [MH]+ = 524
431			46% [MH]+ = 514
432			64% [MH]+ = 557
433			78% [MH]+ = 557
434			65% [MH]+ = 557
435			71% [MH]+ = 526

Example 436

Step A

A solution of the title compound from the Example 83 (20 mg) in a mixture of trifluoroacetic acid (100 μL) and CH₂Cl₂ (100 μL) was stirred for 30 min and then concentrated. The remaining residue was washed with Et₂O (200 μL) to give a yellow solid (17 mg, 92%). [MH]⁺=502.

Examples 437-464

Following a similar procedure as described in the Example 436, except using the esters as indicated in Table II-7 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-7
Ex. #	ester	product	yield
437			n.d. [M − H]− = 586
438			n.d. [M − H]− = 586
439			95% [MH]+ = 572
440			89% [MH]+ = 522
441			98% [MH]+ = 556
442			35% [MH]+ = 506
443			98% [MH]+ = 506
444			96% [MH]+ = 540
445			74% [MH]+ = 502
446			96% [MH]+ = 486
447			79% [M − H]− = 562
448			56% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 506
449			63% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 590
450			32% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 618
451			10% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 546
452			90% [MH]+ = 550
453			90% [MH]+ = 536
454			73% [M − H]− = 488
455			53% [M − H]− = 501
456			36% [MH]+ = 477
457			50% [MH]+ = 523
458			50% [MH]+ = 496
459			67% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 506
460			65% (over 2 steps) [MH]+ = 524
461			56% [MH]+ = 502
462			83% [M − H]− = 520
463			>99%  [MH]+ = 556
464			>99%  [M-“indene”]+ =362

Example 465

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 360 (50 mg) in THF (1.5 mL) was added N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole (26 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then a 0.5M solution of NH₃ in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 2 h. Concentration and purification by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (29 mg, 60%). [MH]⁺468.

Example 466

Step A

The title compound from the Example 361 (45 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Example 465, Step A to afford the title compound (21 mg, 48%). [MH]⁺=468.

Example 467

Step A

A mixture of the title compound from the Example 321 (10 mg) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 5 mg) in EtOH was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 5 h, filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, CHCl₃/MeOH) to afford the title compound (1 mg, 10%). [MH]⁺=503.

Example 468

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 381 (26 mg) in DMF (3 mL) was added morpholine (80 μL), EDCI (10 mg) and HOAt (5 mg). The mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated. The remaining residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, 1N aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (9.9 mg, 34%). [MH]⁺=727.

Example 469

Step A In a sealed vial was a mixture of the title compound from the Example 3, Step A (54 mg), dibutyltin oxide (15 mg) and azidotrimethylsilane (400 μL) in toluene (10 mL) under an argon atmosphere heated at 110° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with MeOH, concentrated and purified by chromatography (silica, CH₂Cl₂/MeOH) to give the title compound as an off-white solid (8.6 mg, 15%). [MH]⁺=563.

Examples 470-477

Following a similar procedure as described in the Example 469, except using the nitriles indicated in Table II-8 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-8
Ex.
#	nitrile	product	yield
470			74% [MH]+ =526
471			34% [MH]+ =600
472			38% [MH]+ =564
473			40% [MH]+ =550
474			55% [MH]+ =514
475			27% [MH]+ =487
476			46% [MH]+ =485
477			53% [MH]+ =583

Example 478

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Example 477 (80 mg) in DMF (3 mL) were added iodomethane (9 μL) and K₂CO₃ (19 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Additional iodomethane (8 μL) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, EtOAc) to afford the major isomer (30 mg, 37%) and the minor isomer (15 mg, 18%) of the title compound. [MH]⁺=597.

Example 479

Step A

To a stirring solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 377, Step E (9 mg) in MeOH (3 mL) were added AcOH (a few drops), a 1M solution of commercially available 4-fluorobenzaldehyde in MeOH (19 L) and NaBH(OAc)₃ (5 mg). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and saturated aqueous NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), filtered, concentrated and purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (silica, cyclohexane/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (5 mg, 42%). [MH]⁺=429.

Example 480-482

Following similar procedures as described in the Example 479, except using the aldehydes indicated in Table II-9 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-9
Ex.
#	aldehyde	product	yield
480			>99%  [MH]+ = 455
481			63% [MH]+ = 455
482			n.d. [MH]+ = 417

Example 483

Step A

To a solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 379, Step G (7 mg) in anhydrous pyridine (1 mL) was added Ac₂O (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h, concentrated and slurried in MeOH. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford the title compound as a brown solid (5.1 mg, 64%). [MH]⁺=381.

Example 484

Step A

A stirring solution of the title compound from the Preparative Example 377, Step G (9 mg) in MeOH/H₂O/THF (3:2:1, 6 mL) was adjusted to pH 6 with 3M aqueous NaOAc. 4-Formylbenzoic acid (6 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. NaBH₃CN (5 mg) was added and stirring at room temperature was continued overnight. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with 0.1N aqueous HCl (5 mL). The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with 0.1N aqueous HCl (8 mL) and dried to afford the title compound as an orange solid (7.8 mg, 61%). [MH]⁺=473.

Example 485

Step A

The title compound from the Preparative Example 377, Step G (9 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Preparative Example 484, except using cyclohexanecarbaldehyde (0.04 mL) instead of 4-formylbenzoic acid to afford the title compound as a reddish glass (6.5 mg, 45%). [MH]⁺=531.

Examples 486-504

Following similar procedures as described in the Examples 1 (method A), 2 (method B), 3 (method C), 4 (method D), 5 (method E), 6 (method F) or 7 (method G), except using the acids and amines indicated in Table II-10 below, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE II-10
Ex. #	acid, amine	product	method, yield
486			B, n.d. [MH]+ = 526
487			B, 34% [MH]+ = 739
488			B, 75% [MH]+ = 738
	H2N(CH2)15CH3
489			B, n.d. [MH]+ = 1015
	H2N(CH2)3(CF2)8F
490			B, 31% [MH]+ = 491
491			C, 77% [MH]+ = 562
492			C, 69% [MH]+ = 494
493			C, 71% [MH]+ = 542
494			C, 69% [MH]+ = 560
495			C, 54% [MH]+ = 545
496			C, 55% [MH]+ = 563
497			C, 90% [MH]+ = 529
498			C, 90% [MH]+ = 495
499			C, n.d. [MH]+ = 522
500			C, 33% [M −“indene”]+ =408
501			C, n.d. [MH]+ = 571
502			C, n.d. [MH]+ = 612
503			C, 40% [MNa]+ = 618
504			C, 40% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ = 10.34 (d, 1 H), 8.69 (s, 1 H), 8.08 (t, 1 H), 8.06 (d, 1 H), 7.78 (d, 1 H), 7.47 (d, 1 H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 1 H), 6.95-7.02 (m, 2 H), 5.93-6.08 (m, 2 H), 5.72-5.82 (m, 1 H), 5.37 (dd, 1 H), 5.25 (dd, 1 H), 4.78 (d, 2 H), 4.67 (d, 2 H), 3.00-3.16 (m, 1 H), 2.71-2.95 (m, 2 H), 2.50 (s,
# 3 H), 1.96-2.10 (m, 1 H)

Examples 505-513

Following similar procedures as described in the Examples 314 (method A) or 315 (method B), except using the esters indicated in Table II-11 below, the following compounds were prepared.

	TABLE II-11
	Ex. #	ester
	505
	506
	507
	508
	509
	510
	511
	512
	513
		method,
Ex. #	product	yield
505		A, 41% [MH]+ = 548
506		A, 49% [MH]+ = 480
507		A, 39% [MH]+ = 528
508		A, 49% [MH]+ = 546
509		A, n.d.% [MH]+ = 531
510		A, n.d.% [MH]+ = 549
511		B, n.d.% [MH]+ = 515
512		B, n.d.% [MH]+ = 481
513		A, n.d.% [MH]+ = 508

Examples 514-518

Following a similar procedure as described in the Examples 362, except using the esters indicated in Table II-12 below, the following compounds were prepared.

	TABLE II-12
	Ex. #	ester
	514
	515
	516
	517
	517
	519
Ex. #	product	yield
514		n.d.% [MH]+ = 486
515		17% [M-“indene”]+ = 408
516		n.d. [MH]+ = 549
517		n.d. [MH]+ = 572
517		>99% [MH]+ = 556
518		69% 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ = 12.20-13.20 (br s, 1H), 10.40-10.70 (br s, 1H), 10.06(d, 1H), 9.73 (t, 1H), 8.68(d, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.72(d, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.32(d, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.93(d, 1H), 5.61-5.71(m, 1H), 4.52(d, 2H), 2.80-3.11(m, 2H), 2.61-2.72(m, 1H), 2.50(s, 3H), 1.96-2.10(m, 1H)

Example 519

Step A

The title compound from the Example 487 (42 mg) was treated similarly as described in the Example 296, Step B to afford the title compound (44 mg, >99%). [M-Cl]⁺=639.

Examples 520-609

If one were to follow similar procedures as described in the Examples 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table II-13 below, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-13
Ex. # acid, amine
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
      Ex. # product
      520
      521
      522
      523
      524
      525
      526
      527
      528
      529
      530
      531
      532
      533
      534
      535
      536
      537
      538
      539
      540
      541
      542
      543
      544
      545
      546
      547
      548
      549
      550
      551
      552
      553
      554
      555
      556
      557
      558
      559
      560
      561
      562
      563
      564
      565
      566
      567
      568
      569
      570
      571
      572
      573
      574
      575
      576
      577
      578
      579
      580
      581
      582
      583
      584
      585
      586
      587
      588
      589
      590
      591
      592
      593
      594
      595
      596
      597
      598
      599
      600
      601
      602
      603
      604
      605
      606
      607
      608
      609

Examples 610-969

If one were to follow similar procedures as described in the Examples 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table II-14 below, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Examples 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-14
Ex. # acid, amine
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
Ex. # product
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969

Examples 970-1149

If one were to follow similar procedures as described in the Examples 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table II-15 below, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Example 436, the following compounds would be obtained.

Table II-15
Ex.
#	acid, amine	product
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149

Examples 1150-1229

If one were to follow similar procedures as described in the Examples 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7, except using the acids and amines indicated in Table II-16 below, and if one were to treat the obtained nitrites similarly as described in the Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-16
Ex.
#	acid, amide	product
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229

Examples 1230-1234

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Stop E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-17 below in Step B and Step D, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-17
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
Ex. #	products
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234

Examples 1235-1254

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-18 below in Step B and Step D, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Examples 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-18
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
Ex. #	products
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254

Examples 1255-1264

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-19 below in Step B and Step D, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Example 436, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-19
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
Ex. #	products
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264

Examples 1265-1269

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-20 below in Step B and Step D, and if one were to treat the obtained nitrites similarly as described in the Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-20
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
Ex. #	products
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269

Examples 1270-1274

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-21 below in Step B and Step D and thiophosgene instead of phosgene in Step E, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-21
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
Ex. #	products
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274

Examples 1275-1294

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-22 below in Step B and Step D and thiophosgene instead of phosgene in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Examples 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-22
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
Ex. #	products
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294

Examples 1295-1304

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-23 below in Step B and Step D and thiophosgene instead of phosgene in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Example 436, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-23
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
Ex. #	products
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304

Examples 1305-1309

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-24 below in Step B and Step D and thiophosgene instead of phosgene in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained nitrites similarly as described in the Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-24
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
Ex. #	products
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309

Examples 1310-1314

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-25 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine instead of hydrazine in Step E, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-25
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
Ex. #	products
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314

Examples 1315-1334

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-26 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine instead of hydrazine in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Examples 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-26
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
Ex. #	products
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334

Examples 1335-1344

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-27 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine instead of hydrazine in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Example 436, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-27
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
Ex. #	products
1335	AND
1336	AND
1337	AND
1338	AND
1339	AND
1340	AND
1341	AND
1342	AND
1343	AND
1344	AND

Examples 1345-1349

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-28 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine instead of hydrazine in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained nitrites similarly as described in the Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-28
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
Ex. #	products
1345	AND
1346	AND
1347	AND
1348	AND
1349	AND

Examples 1350-1354

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-29 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine and thiophosgene instead of hydrazine and phosgene in Step E, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-29
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
Ex. #	products
1350	AND
1351	AND
1352	AND
1353	AND
1354	AND

Examples 1355-1374

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-30 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine and thiophosgene instead of hydrazine and phosgene in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Examples 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-30
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
Ex. #	products
1355	AND
1356	AND
1357	AND
1358	AND
1359	AND
1360	AND
1361	AND
1362	AND
1363	AND
1364	AND
1365	AND
1366	AND
1367	AND
1368	AND
1369	AND
1370	AND
1371	AND
1372	AND
1373	AND
1374	AND

Examples 1375-1384

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-31 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine and thiophosgene instead of hydrazine and phosgene in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in the Example 436, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-31
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
Ex. #	products
1375	AND
1376	AND
1377	AND
1378	AND
1379	AND
1380	AND
1381	AND
1382	AND
1383	AND
1384	AND

Examples 1385-1389

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in the Example 295, Step B to Step E, except using the amines indicated in Table II-32 below in Step B and Step D and hydroxylamine and thiophosgene instead of hydrazine and phosgene in Step E, and if one were to treat the obtained nitrites similarly as described in the Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-32
Ex. #	amine (Step B)	amine (Step D)
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
Ex. #	products
1385	AND
1386	AND
1387	AND
1388	AND
1389	AND

Examples 1390-1489

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Example 479, except using the carbonyl compound indicated in Table II-33 below, the following compounds would be obtained.

	TABLE II-33
	Ex. #	amine, carbonyl compound	product
	1390
	1391
	1392
	1393
	1394
	1395
	1396
	1397
	1398
	1399
	1400
	1401
	1402
	1403
	1404
	1405
	1406
	1407
	1408
	1409
	1410
	1411
	1412
	1413
	1414
	1415
	1416
	1417
	1418
	1419
	1420
	1421
	1422
	1423
	1424
	1425
	1426
	1427
	1428
	1429
	1430
	1431
	1432
	1433
	1434
	1435
	1436
	1437
	1438
	1439
	1440
	1441
	1442
	1443
	1444
	1445
	1446
	1447
	1448
	1449
	1450
	1451
	1452
	1453
	1454
	1455
	1456
	1457
	1458
	1459
	1460
	1461
	1462
	1463
	1464
	1465
	1466
	1467
	1468
	1469
	1470
	1471
	1472
	1473
	1474
	1475
	1476
	1477
	1478
	1479
	1480
	1481
	1482
	1483
	1484
	1485
	1486
	1487
	1488
	1489

Examples 1490-1579

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Example 479, except using the carbonyl compound indicated in Table II-34 below and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in Example 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

	TABLE II-34
	Ex. #	amine, carbonyl compound	product
	1490
	1491
	1492
	1493
	1494
	1495
	1496
	1497
	1498
	1499
	1500
	1501
	1502
	1503
	1504
	1505
	1506
	1507
	1508
	1509
	1510
	1511
	1512
	1513
	1514
	1515
	1516
	1517
	1518
	1519
	1520
	1521
	1522
	1523
	1524
	1525
	1526
	1527
	1528
	1529
	1530
	1531
	1532
	1533
	1534
	1535
	1536
	1537
	1538
	1539
	1540
	1541
	1542
	1543
	1544
	1545
	1546
	1547
	1548
	1549
	1550
	1551
	1552
	1553
	1554
	1555
	1556
	1557
	1558
	1559
	1560
	1561
	1562
	1563
	1564
	1565
	1566
	1567
	1568
	1569
	1570
	1571
	1572
	1573
	1574
	1575
	1576
	1577
	1578
	1579

Examples 1580-1599

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Example 479, except using the carbonyl compound indicated in Table II-35 below and if one were to treat the obtained nitrites similarly as described in Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-35
Ex. # amine, carbonyl compound
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
Ex. # product
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599

Examples 1600-1649

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Example 299, except using the acid chlorides indicated in Table II-36 below, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-36
Ex. # amine, acid chloride
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
Ex. # product
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649

Examples 1650-1689

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Example 299, except using the acid chlorides indicated in Table II-37 below and if one were to treat the obtained esters similarly as described in Example 314 or 315, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-37
Ex. # amine, acid chloride
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
Ex. # product
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689

Examples 1690-1699

If one were to follow a similar procedure as described in Example 299, except he acid chlorides indicated in Table II-38 below and if one were to treat the obtained similarly as described in Example 469, the following compounds would be obtained.

TABLE II-38
Ex. # amine, acid chloride
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
Ex. # product
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699

Example 1700

Assay for Determining MMP-13 Inhibition

The typical assay for MMP-13 activity is carried out in assay buffer comprised of 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM CaCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35. Different concentrations of tested compounds are prepared in assay buffer in 850 μL aliquots. 10 μL of a 50 nM stock solution of catalytic domain of MMP-13 enzyme (produced by Alantos) is added to the compound solution. The mixture of enzyme and compound in assay buffer is thoroughly mixed and incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Upon the completion of incubation, the assay is started by addition of 40 μL of a 12.5 μM stock solution of MMP-13 fluorescent substrate (Calbiochem, Cat. No. 444235). The time-dependent increase in fluorescence is measured at the 320 nm excitation and 390 nm emission by automatic plate multireader. The IC₅₀ values are calculated from the initial reaction rates.

Example 1701

Assay for Determining MMP-3 Inhibition

The typical assay for MMP-3 activity is carried out in assay buffer comprised of 50 mM MES, pH 6.0, 10 mM CaCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35. Different concentrations of tested compounds are prepared in assay buffer in 50 μL aliquots. 10 μL of a 100 nM stock solution of the catalytic domain of MMP-3 enzyme (Biomol, Cat. No. SE-109) is added to the compound solution. The mixture of enzyme and compound in assay buffer is thoroughly mixed and incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Upon the completion of incubation, the assay is started by addition of 40 μL of a 12.5 μM stock solution of NFF-3 fluorescent substrate (Calbiochem, Cat. No. 480455). The time-dependent increase in fluorescence is measured at the 330 nm excitation and 390 nm emission by automatic plate multireader. The IC₅₀ values are calculated from the initial reaction rates

Example 1702

Assay for Determining MMP-8 Inhibition

The typical assay for MMP-8 activity is carried out in assay buffer comprised of 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM CaCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35. Different concentrations of tested compounds are prepared in assay buffer in 50 μL aliquots. 10 μL of a 50 nM stock solution of activated MMP-8 enzyme (Calbiochem, Cat. No. 444229) is added to the compound solution. The mixture of enzyme and compound in assay buffer is thoroughly mixed and incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Upon the completion of incubation, the assay is started by addition of 40 μL of a 10 μM stock solution of OmniMMP fluorescent substrate (Biomol, Cat. No. P-126). The time-dependent increase in fluorescence is measured at the 320 nm excitation and 390 nm emission by automatic plate multireader at 37° C. The IC₅₀ values are calculated from the initial reaction rates.

Example 1703

Assay for Determining MMP-12 Inhibition

The typical assay for MMP-12 activity is carried out in assay buffer comprised of 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM CaCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35. Different concentrations of tested compounds are prepared in assay buffer in 50 μL aliquots. 10 μL of a 50 nM stock solution of the catalytic domain of MMP-12 enzyme (Biomol, Cat. No. SE-138) is added to the compound solution. The mixture of enzyme and compound in assay buffer is thoroughly mixed and incubated for 10 min at room temperature. Upon the completion of incubation, the assay is started by addition of 40 μL of a 12.5 μM stock solution of OmniMMP fluorescent substrate (Biomol, Cat. No. P-126). The time-dependent increase in fluorescence is measured at the 320 nm excitation and 390 nm emission by automatic plate multireader at 37° C. The IC₅₀ values are calculated from the initial reaction rates.

Example 1704

Assay for Determining Aggrecanase-1 Inhibition

The typical assay for aggrecanase-1 activity is carried out in assay buffer comprised of 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM CaCl₂ and 0.05% Brij-35. Different concentrations of tested compounds are prepared in assay buffer in 50 μL aliquots. 10 μL of a 75 nM stock solution of aggrecanase-1 (Invitek) is added to the compound solution. The mixture of enzyme and compound in assay buffer is thoroughly mixed. The reaction is started by addition of 40 μL of a 250 nM stock solution of aggrecan-IGD substrate (Invitek) and incubation at 37° C. for exact 15 min. The reaction is stopped by addition of EDTA and the samples are analysed by using aggrecanase ELISA (Invitek, InviLISA, Cat. No. 30510111) according to the protocol of the supplier. Shortly: 100 μL of each proteolytic reaction are incubated in a pre-coated micro plate for 90 min at room temperature. After 3 times washing, antibody-peroxidase conjugate is added for 90 min at room temperature. After 5 times washing, the plate is incubated with TMB solution for 3 min at room temperature. The peroxidase reaction is stopped with sulfurous acid and the absorbance is red at 450 nm. The IC₅₀ values are calculated from the absorbance signal corresponding to residual aggrecanase activity.

Claims

1. A compound having Formula (I):

2. The compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:

3. The compound of claim 2, selected from the group consisting of:

4. The compound of claim 2, selected from the group consisting of:

5. The compound of claim 2, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

6. The compound according to claim 5, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

7. The compound according to claim 5, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

8. The compound according to claim 7, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of:

9. The compound according to claim 5, wherein R3 is

10. The compound according to claim 9, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

11. The compound according to claim 2, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

12. The compound according to claim 11, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

13. The compound of claim 2, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

14. The compound of claim 13, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

15. The compound of claim 2, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

16. The compound of claim 15, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

17. The compound of claim 15, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

18. A compound having Formula (II): Formula (II) wherein: R1 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times or R1 and R2 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R4 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of R10, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, haloalkyl, CF3, (C0-C6)-alkyl-COR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NO2, (C0-C6)-alkyl-CN, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yOR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10CONR11SO2R30, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)xR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═NR10)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10SO2R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)—NR11—CN, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, S(O), —(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, S(O)x—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)—NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yN10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yR10, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R4 group is optionally substituted by one or more R14 groups; R10 and R11 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R10 and R11 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl and halo, wherein alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times. R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, NO2, NR10R11, CN, SR10, SSR10, PO3R10, NR10R11, NR10N═CR10R11, NR10SO2R11, C(O)OR10, C(O)NR10R11, SO2R10, SO2NR10R11 and fluoroalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, and fluoroalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R50 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)R80, C(O)NR80R81, SO2R80 and SO2NR80R81, wherein alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times; R80 and R81 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R80 and R81 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, —NH, and —N(alkyl) and which is optionally substituted one or more times; Q is a 5- or 6-membered ring selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times with R4; D is a member selected from the group consisting of CR22 and N; x is selected from 0 to 2; y is selected from 1 and 2; and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof.

19. The compound of claim 18, selected from the group consisting of:

20. The compound of claim 19, selected from the group consisting of:

21. The compound of claim 20, selected from the group consisting of:

22. The compound of claim 19, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

23. The compound of claim 22, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

24. The compound of claim 23, wherein: R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, OH, CH2OH, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, OCHF2, COCH3, SO2CH3, SO2CF3, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2N(CH3)2, NH2, NHCOCH3, N(COCH3)2, NHCONH2, NHSO2CH3, alkoxy, alkyl, CO2H, R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, CH3, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, and OCHF2; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH3, COOMe, COOH, and CONH2.

25. The compound of claim 22, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

26. The compound of claim 19, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

27. The compound of claim 26, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

28. The compound of claim 19, wherein one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

29. The compound of claim 28, wherein one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

30. The compound of claim 29, wherein one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

31. A compound having Formula (III):

32. The compound of claim 31, selected from the group consisting of:

33. The compound of claim 32, selected from the group consisting of:

34. The compound of claim 33, selected from the group consisting of:

35. The compound of claim 32, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

36. The compound according to claim 35, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

37. The compound according to claim 35, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

38. The compound according to claim 37, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of:

39. The compound according to claim 37, wherein R3 is

40. The compound according to claim 39, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting

41. The compound according to claim 32, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

42. The compound according to claim 41, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

43. The compound of claim 32, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

44. The compound of claim 43, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

45. The compound of claim 32, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

46. The compound of claim 45, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

47. The compound of claim 46, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

48. A compound having Formula (IV):

49. The compound of claim 48, selected from the group consisting of:

50. The compound of claim 48, selected from the group consisting of:

51. The compound of claim 48, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

52. The compound according to claim 51, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

53. The compound according to claim 51, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

54. The compound according to claim 53, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of:

55. The compound according to claim 51, wherein R3 is:

56. The compound according to claim 55, wherein R3 is:

57. The compound according to claim 48, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

58. The compound according to claim 57, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

59. The compound of claim 48, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

60. The compound of claim 59, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

61. The compound of claim 48, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

62. The compound of claim 61, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

63. The compound of claim 62, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

64. A compound having Formula (V):

65. The compound of claim 64, selected from the group consisting of:

66. The compound of formula 64, selected from the group consisting of:

67. The compound of claim 64, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

68. The compound of claim 67, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

69. The compound of claim 68, wherein: R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, CN, OH, CH2OH, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, OCHF2, COCH3, SO2CH3, SO2CF3, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2N(CH3)2, NH2, NHCOCH3, N(COCH3)2, NHCONH2, NHSO2CH3, alkoxy, alkyl, CO2H, wherein R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, CH3, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, and OCHF2; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH3, COOMe, COOH, and CONH2.

70. The compound of claim 64, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

71. The compound of claim 64, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

72. The compound of claim 71, wherein at least one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

73. The compound of claim 64, wherein one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

74. The compound of claim 73, wherein one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

75. The compound of claim 73, wherein one R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

76. A compound having Formula (VI):

77. The compound of claim 76, selected from the group consisting of:

78. The compound of claim 76, selected from the group consisting of:

79. The compound of claim 76, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

80. The compound of claim 79, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

81. The compound of claim 79, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

82. The compound of claim 81, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of:

83. The compound of claim 81, wherein R3 is:

84. The compound of claim 83, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of:

85. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

86. The compound of claim 85, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

87. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

88. The compound of claim 87, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

89. The compound of claim 76, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

90. The compound of claim 89, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

91. The compound of claim 89, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:

92. A compound selected from the group consisting of:

93. A compound selected from the group consisting of:

94. A compound selected from the group consisting of:

95. A compound selected from the group consisting of

96. The compound of claim 18, having the structure:

97. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:

98. The compound of claim 18, having the structure:

99. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:

100. The compound of claim 18, having the structure:

101. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:

102. The compound of claim 18, having the structure:

103. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:

104. The compound of claim 18, having the structure:

105. The compound of claim 64, having the structure:

106. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of the compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

107. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of the compound of claim 18 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

108. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of the compound of claim 48, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

109. A method of inhibiting MMP-13, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of Formula (I) and a compound of Formula (III):

110. A method of inhibiting MMP-13, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound of Formula (II):

111. A method of inhibiting MMP-13, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment a compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of Formula (IV), a compound of Formula (V), and a compound of Formula (VI):

112. A method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of Formula (I) and a compound of Formula (III):

113. A method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II):

114. A method of treating an MMP-13 mediated disease, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of Formula (IV), a compound of Formula (V), and a compound of Formula (VI):

115. The method according to claim 112, wherein the disease is rheumatoid arthritis.

116. The method according to claim 112, wherein the disease is osteoarthritis.

117. The method according to claim 112, wherein the disease is inflammation.

118. The method according to claim 112, wherein the disease is atherosclerosis.

119. The method according to claim 113, wherein the disease is rheumatoid arthritis.

120. The method according to claim 113, wherein the disease is osteoarthritis.

121. The method according to claim 113, wherein the disease is inflammation.

122. The method according to claim 113, wherein the disease is atherosclerosis.

123. The method according to claim 114, wherein the disease is rheumatoid arthritis.

124. The method according to claim 114, wherein the disease is osteoarthritis.

125. The method according to claim 114, wherein the disease is inflammation.

126. The method according to claim 114, wherein the disease is atherosclerosis.

127. The method according to claim 112, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of: rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cancer, inflammation, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, ocular diseases, neurologic diseases, psychiatric diseases, thrombosis, bacterial infection, Parkinson's disease, fatigue, tremor, diabetic retinopathy, vascular diseases of the retina, aging, dementia, cardiomyopathy, renal tubular impairment, diabetes, psychosis, dyskinesia, pigmentary abnormalities, deafness, inflammatory and fibrotic syndromes, intestinal bowel syndrome, allergies, Alzheimers disease, arterial plaque formation, oncology, periodontal, viral infection, stroke, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, reperfusion injury, trauma, chemical exposure or oxidative damage to tissues, wound healing, hemorroid, skin beautifying, pain, inflammatory pain, bone pain and joint pain.

128. The method according to claim 113, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of: rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cancer, inflammation, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, ocular diseases, neurologic diseases, psychiatric diseases, thrombosis, bacterial infection, Parkinson's disease, fatigue, tremor, diabetic retinopathy, vascular diseases of the retina, aging, dementia, cardiomyopathy, renal tubular impairment, diabetes, psychosis, dyskinesia, pigmentary abnormalities, deafness, inflammatory and fibrotic syndromes, intestinal bowel syndrome, allergies, Alzheimers disease, arterial plaque formation, oncology, periodontal, viral infection, stroke, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, reperfusion injury, trauma, chemical exposure or oxidative damage to tissues, wound healing, hemorroid, skin beautifying, pain, inflammatory pain, bone pain and joint pain.

129. The method according to claim 114, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of: rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, cancer, inflammation, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, ocular diseases, neurologic diseases, psychiatric diseases, thrombosis, bacterial infection, Parkinson's disease, fatigue, tremor, diabetic retinopathy, vascular diseases of the retina, aging, dementia, cardiomyopathy, renal tubular impairment, diabetes, psychosis, dyskinesia, pigmentary abnormalities, deafness, inflammatory and fibrotic syndromes, intestinal bowel syndrome, allergies, Alzheimers disease, arterial plaque formation, oncology, periodontal, viral infection, stroke, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, reperfusion injury, trauma, chemical exposure or oxidative damage to tissues, wound healing, pain, hemorroid, skin beautifying, inflammatory pain, bone pain and joint pain.

130. A pharmaceutical composition comprising: A) an effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of Formula (I) and a compound of Formula (III): wherein: R1 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times or R1 and R2 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R3 is NR20R21; R4 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of R10, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, haloalkyl, CF3, (C0-C6)-alkyl-COR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NO2, (C0-C6)-alkyl-CN, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yOR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10CONR10SO2R30, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)xR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═N10)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10SO2R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)—NR11—CN, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, S(O), —(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, S(O)x—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)—NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yR10, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R4 group is optionally substituted by one or more R14 groups; R10 and R11 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times, or R10 and R11 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl and halo, wherein alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times. R20 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times; R21 is a bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system, wherein at least one ring is partially saturated, and wherein the bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system is optionally substituted one or more times; R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, NO2, NR10R11, CN, SR10, SSR10, PO3R10, NR10NR10R11, NR10N═CR10R11, NR11, SO2R11, C(O)OR11, C(O)NR10R11, SO2R10, SO2NR10R11 and fluoroalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, and fluoroalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R30 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and (C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, wherein alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted; R50 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)R80, C(O)NR80R81, SO2R80 and SO2NR80R81, wherein alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times; R80 and R81 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R80 and R81 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, —NH, and —N(alkyl) and which is optionally substituted one or more times; Q is a 5- or 6-membered ring selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times with R4; D is a member selected from the group consisting of CR22 and N; x is selected from 0 to 2; y is selected from 1 and 2; N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof; B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and C) a member selected from the group consisting of: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

131. A pharmaceutical composition comprising: A) an effective amount of a compound according to Formula (II): wherein: R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times or R1 and R2 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R4 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of R10, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, haloalkyl, CF3, (C0-C6)-alkyl-COR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NO2, (C0-C6)-alkyl-CN, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yOR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10CONR11SO2R30, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)xR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═NR10)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10SO2R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)—NR11—CN, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, S(O), —(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, S(O), —(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR11—C(O)—NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yR10, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R4 group is optionally substituted by one or more R14 groups; R10 and R11 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R10 and R11 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl and halo, wherein alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times. R22 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, NO2, NR10R11, CN, SR10, SSR10, PO3R10, NR10NR10R11, NR10N═CR10R11, NR10SO2R11, C(O)OR10, C(O)NR10R11, SO2R10, SO2NR10R11 and fluoroalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, and fluoroalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R50 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)R80, C(O)NR80R81, SO2R80 and SO2NR80R81, wherein alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times; R80 and R81 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R80 and R81 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, —NH, and —N(alkyl) and which is optionally substituted one or more times; Q is a 5- or 6-membered ring selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times with R4; D is a member selected from the group consisting of CR22 and N; x is selected from 0 to 2; y is selected from 1 and 2; N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof; B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and C) a member selected from the group consisting of: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

132. A pharmaceutical composition comprising: A) an effective amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound of Formula (IV), a compound of Formula (V), and a compound of Formula (VI): wherein: R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, bicycloalkyl, heterobicycloalkyl, spiroalkyl, spiroheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl fused aryl, heterocycloalkyl fused aryl, cycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl fused heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, bicycloalkylalkyl, heterobicycloalkylalkyl, spiroalkylalkyl, spiroheteroalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl fused arylalkyl, cycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl fused heteroarylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times or R1 and R2 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted one or more times; R3 is NR20R21; R4 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of R10, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, haloalkyl, CF3, (C0-C6)-alkyl-COR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NO2, (C0-C6)-alkyl-CN, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yOR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10CONR11 SO2R30, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)xR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═NR10)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10SO2R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)—NR11—CN, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, S(O), —(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, S(O), —(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)—NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yR10, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R4 group is optionally substituted by one or more R14 groups; R10 and R11 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R10 and R1 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally containing a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, or NR50 and which is optionally substituted; R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl and halo, wherein alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times. R20 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted; R21 is a bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system, wherein at least one ring is partially saturated, and wherein the bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring system is optionally substituted; R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, NO2, NR10R11, CN, SR10, SSR10, PO3R10, NR10NR10R11, NR10N═CR10R11, NR10SO2R11, C(O)OR10, and fluoroalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, and fluoroalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R50 in each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)R80, C(O)NR80R81, SO2R80 and SO2NR80R81, wherein alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)R80, C(O)NR80R81, SO2R80 and SO2NR80R81 are optionally substituted; R80 and R81 in each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and aminoalkyl are optionally substituted, or R80 and R81 when taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached complete a 3- to 8-membered ring containing carbon atoms and optionally a heteroatom selected from O, S(O)x, —NH, and —N(alkyl) and which is optionally substituted; W is a 5- or 6-membered ring selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times with R4; x is selected from 0 to 2; y is selected from 1 and 2; and N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, formulation, polymorphs, racemic mixtures and stereoisomers thereof; B) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and C) a member selected from the group consisting of: (a) a disease modifying antirheumatic drug; (b) a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; (c) a COX-2 selective inhibitor; (d) a COX-1 inhibitor; (e) an immunosuppressive; (f) a steroid; (g) a biological response modifier; and (h) a small molecule inhibitor of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.

133. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound selected from the group consisting of:

134. The compound of claim 18, wherein: A) one R1 is selected from the group consisting of: wherein: R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, C(O)NR10R11, aryl, arylalkyl, SO2NR10R11 and C(O)OR10 wherein alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R6 is selected from the group consisting of R9, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)OR10, CH(CH3)CO2H, (C0-C6)-alkyl-COR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NO2, (C0-C6)-alkyl-CN, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yOR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-P(O)2OH, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10CONR11SO2R30, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)xR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═N—CN)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═N—CN)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═N—NO2)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═N—NO2)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10SO2R11, C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)2NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)2NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, S(O)2NR10-alkyl, S(O)2—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)2—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)—NR11—CN, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, S(O)x—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, S(O)x—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)—NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yNR10R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yR11, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R6 group is optionally substituted by one or more R14 groups; R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, halo, CHF2, CF3, OR10, NR10R11, NO2, and CN, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, C(O)NR10R11 and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R30 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and (C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, wherein alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted; B1 is selected from the group consisting of NR10, O and S; D4, G4, L4, M4, and T4 are independently selected from CR6 or N; E is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CR10R11, O, NRC, S, S═O, S(═O)2, C(═O), N(R10)(C═O), (C═O)N(R10), N(R10)S(═O)2, S(═O)2N(R10), C═N—OR11, —C(R10R11)C(R10R11)—, —CH2—W1— and W1 is selected from the group consisting of O, NR5, S, S═O, S(═O)2, N(R10)(C═O), N(R10)S(═O)2 and S(═O)2N(R10); U is selected from C(R5R10), NRC, O, S, S═O, S(═O)2; g and h are independently selected from 0-2; x is selected from 0-2; y is selected from 1 and 2; and Z is a 5- to 8-membered ring consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one ore more times; and B) one R1 is selected from the group consisting of: wherein: R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, C(O)NR10R11, aryl, arylalkyl, SO2NR10R11 and C(O)OR10 wherein alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR10R11, CO2R10, OR10, OCF3, OCHF2, NR10CONR10R11, NR10COR11, NR10SO2R11, NR10SO2NR10R11, SO2NR10R11 and NR10R11, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times; R19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR10R11, CO2R10, OR10, OCF3, OCHF2, NR10CONR10R11, NR10COR11, NR10SO2R11, NR10SO2NR10R11, SO2NR10R11 and NR10R11, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times, or optionally two R19 groups together at one carbon atom form ═O, ═S or ═NR10; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, CONR10R11 and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; L2, M2, and T2 are independently selected from the group consisting of CR18 and N; L3, M3, T3, D3, and G are independently selected from N, CR18, and with the provision that one of L3, M3, T3, D3, and G3 is B1 is selected from the group consisting of NR10, O and S; X is selected from the group consisting of a bond and (CR10R11)wE(CR10R11)w E is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CR10R11, O, NR5, S, S═O, S(═O)2, C(═O), N(R10)(C═O), (C═O)N(R10), N(R10)S(═O)2, S(═O)2N(R10), C═N—OR11, —C(R10R11)C(R10R11)—, —CH2—W1— and W1 is selected from the group consisting of O, NR5, S, S═O, S(═O)2, N(R10)(C═O), N(R10)S(═O)2 and S(═O)2N(R10); U is selected from C(R5R10), NR5, O, S, S═O, S(═O)2; g and h are independently selected from 0-2; w is selected from 0-4; and Q2 is a 5- to 8-membered ring consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted one or more times with R19.

135. The compound of claim 64, wherein: A) one R1 is selected from the group consisting of: wherein: R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, C(O)NR10R11, aryl, arylalkyl, SO2NR10R11 and C(O)OR11, wherein alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R6 is selected from the group consisting of R9, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)OR10, CH(CH3)CO2H, (C0-C6)-alkyl-COR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NO2, (C0-C6)-alkyl-CN, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yOR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-P(O)2OH, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10CONR11 SO2R30, (C0-C6)-alkyl-S(O)xR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-OC(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═NR10)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═NR11)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═N—CN)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═N—CN)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10C(═N—NO2)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(═N—NO2)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10SO2R11, C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)2NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)2NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, S(O)2NR10-alkyl, S(O)2—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, S(O)2—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)—NR11—CN, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, S(O)x—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)OR10, S(O)x—(C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-C(O)NR10—(C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)R10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)OR10, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—C(O)—NR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yNR10R11, (C0-C6)-alkyl-NR10—S(O)yR11, O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl and O—(C0-C6)-alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein each R6 group is optionally substituted by one or more R14 groups; R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, halo, CHF2, CF3, OR10, NR10R11, NO2, and CN, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted one or more times; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, C(O)NR10R11 and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R30 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and (C0-C6)-alkyl-aryl, wherein alkyl and aryl are optionally substituted; B1 is selected from the group consisting of NR10, O and S; D4, G4, L4, M4, and T4, are independently selected from CR6 or N; E is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CR10R11, O, NR5, S, S—O, S(═O)2, C(═O), N(R10)(C═O), (C═O)N(R10), N(R10)S(═O)2, S(═O)2N(R10), C═N—OR11, —C(R10R11)C(R10R11)—, —CH2—W1— and W1 is selected from the group consisting of O, NR5, S, S═O, S(═O)2, N(R10)(C═O), N(R10)S(═O)2 and S(═O)2N(R10); U is selected from C(R5R10), NR5, O, S, S═O, S(═O)2; g and h are independently selected from 0-2; p is selected from 0-6; y is selected from 1 and 2; and Z is a 5- to 8-membered ring consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, wherein cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one ore more times; and B) one R1 is selected from the group consisting of: wherein: R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, C(O)NR10R11, aryl, arylalkyl, SO2NR10R11 and C(O)OR10 wherein alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; R18 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR10R11, CO2R10, OR10, OCF3, OCHF2, NR10CONR10R11, NR10COR11, NR10SO2R11, NR10SO2NR10R11, SO2NR10R11 and NR10R11, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times; R19 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OH, halo, CN, C(O)NR10R11, CO2R10, OR10, OCF3, OCHF2, NR10CONR10R11, NR10COR11, NR10SO2R11, NR10SO2NR10R11, SO2NR10R11 and NR10R11, wherein alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted one or more times, or optionally two R19 groups together at one carbon atom form ═O, ═S or ═NR10; R25 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, CONR10R11 and haloalkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl and haloalkyl are optionally substituted one or more times; L2, M2, and T2 are independently selected from the group consisting of CR18 and N; L3, M3, T3, D3, and G3 are independently selected from N, CR18, and with the provision that one of L3, M3, T3, D3, and G3 is B1 is selected from the group consisting of NR10, O and S; X is selected from the group consisting of a bond and (CR10R11)wE(CR10R11)w E is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CR10R11, O, NR5, S, S═O, S(═O)2, C(═O), N(R10)(C═O), (C═O)N(R10), N(R10)S(═O)2, S(═O)2N(R10), C═N—OR11, —C(R10R11)C(R10R11)—, —CH2—W1— and W1 is selected from the group consisting of O, NR5, S, S═O, S(═O)2, N(R10)(C═O), N(R10)S(═O)2 and S(═O)2N(R10); U is selected from C(R5R10), NRC, O, S, S═O, S(═O)2; g and h are independently selected from 0-2; w is selected from 0-4; and Q2 is a 5- to 8-membered ring consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted one or more times with R19.